株探米国株
英語
エドガーで原本を確認する
false --12-31 0001855474 0001855474 2024-03-14 2024-03-14 0001855474 AIRJ:ClassCommonStockParValue0.0001PerShareMember 2024-03-14 2024-03-14 0001855474 AIRJ:WarrantsToPurchaseClassCommonStockMember 2024-03-14 2024-03-14 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares iso4217:USD xbrli:shares

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

 

CURRENT REPORT
PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): March 14, 2024

 

Montana Technologies Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   001-41151   86-2962208
(State or other jurisdiction   (Commission File Number)   (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation)       Identification No.)

 

34361 Innovation Drive
Ronan, Montana
  59864
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

(800) 942-3083

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share   AIRJ   Nasdaq Capital Market
Warrants to purchase Class A common stock   AIRJW   Nasdaq Capital Market

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

 

Emerging growth company ☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

 

 


 

INTRODUCTORY NOTE

 

As disclosed under the sections titled “Summary—The Business Combination and the Merger Agreement” and “The Merger Agreement” beginning on pages 1 and 177, respectively, of the proxy statement/prospectus (the “Proxy Statement/Prospectus”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) by XPDB on January 18, 2024, XPDB entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated June 5, 2023, as amended on February 5, 2024, with XPDB Merger Sub, LLC, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of XPDB (“Merger Sub”), and Montana Technologies LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Legacy Montana”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub was merged with and into Legacy Montana, with Legacy Montana surviving the merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of XPDB (the “Merger” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Business Combination”). In connection with the Closing, the Company changed its name from “Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp.” to “Montana Technologies Corporation.”

 

As previously reported on the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 14, 2024, XPDB held a special meeting of stockholders on March 8, 2024 (the “Special Meeting”), at which the XPDB stockholders considered and adopted, among other matters, a proposal to approve the Business Combination, including (a) adopting the Merger Agreement and (b) approving the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and related agreements described in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus.

 

Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement, the Business Combination was consummated on March 14, 2024 (the “Closing”).

 

Item 2.01 of this Report discusses the consummation of the Business Combination and the entry into agreements relating thereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, “we,” “us,” “our,” “Montana” and the “Company” refer to Montana Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp.), and its consolidated subsidiaries following the Closing (as defined below), and references to “XPDB” refer to Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp., a Delaware corporation, prior to the Closing. All references herein to the “Board” refer to the board of directors of the Company.

 

Terms used in this Current Report on Form 8-K (this “Report”) but not defined herein, or for which definitions are not otherwise incorporated by reference herein, shall have the meaning given to such terms in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus (as defined below) in the section titled “Basis of Presentation and Glossary” beginning on page iii thereof, or the Registration Statement (as defined below) in the section titled “Basis of Presentation and Glossary” beginning on page iii thereof, and such definitions are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement

 

On March 14, 2024, in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination and as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Montana, XPDI Sponsor II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), and certain other holders of Montana capital stock entered into an Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”). The material terms of the Registration Rights Agreement are described in the section of the Proxy Statement beginning on page 187 titled “The Merger Agreement—Other Agreements—Registration Rights Agreement.” Such description is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Registration Rights Agreement, which is included as Exhibit 10.1 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

1


 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

On March 14, 2024, in connection with the consummation of the Business Combination and as contemplated by the Merger Agreement, Montana, the Sponsor and certain other holders of Montana capital stock entered into lock-up agreements (the “Lock-Up Agreements”). The material terms of the Lock-Up Agreements are described in the section of the Proxy Statement beginning on page 188 titled “The Merger Agreement—Other Agreements—Lock-Up Agreements.” Such description is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Lock-Up Agreements, the form of which is included as Exhibit 10.2 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Following the execution of the Lock-Up Agreements, a total of approximately 32,382,023 shares of the issued and outstanding Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A common stock”), were subject to the restrictions of the Lock-Up Agreements as of the Closing.

 

Item 2.01 Completion of Acquisition or Disposition of Assets.

 

As described above, on March 8, 2024, XPDB held the Special Meeting, at which the XPDB stockholders considered and adopted, among other matters, a proposal to approve the Merger Agreement and the Business Combination. On March 14, 2024, the parties consummated the Business Combination.

 

In connection with the Special Meeting, XPDB’s public stockholders elected to redeem 10,381,983 shares of Class A common stock for cash at a redemption price of approximately $10.85 per share, for an aggregate redemption amount of $112,697,085.95 (the “Business Combination Redemption”).

 

As a result of the Business Combination, and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding Legacy Montana preferred units into Legacy Montana class B common units, which had occurred prior to the effective time of the Merger, (i) each issued and outstanding Legacy Montana class B common unit and Legacy Montana class C common unit converted into the right to receive approximately 23.8 shares of newly issued shares of Class A common stock of the Company, (ii) each issued and outstanding Legacy Montana class A common unit converted into the right to receive approximately 23.8 shares of newly issued shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Class B common stock” and, together with Class A common stock, “Company Common Stock”) and (iii) each option to purchase Legacy Montana common units (each, a “Legacy Montana option”) converted into the right to receive an option to purchase Class A common stock (a “Company Option”) having substantially similar terms to the corresponding Legacy Montana option, including with respect to vesting and termination-related provisions, except that such Company Option represented the right to receive a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of Legacy Montana common units subject to the corresponding Legacy Montana option immediately prior to the effective time of the merger multiplied by approximately 23.8.

 

As previously disclosed, on March 8, 2024, in connection with the Business Combination, XPDB entered into a subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with a certain investor (the “PIPE Investor”), pursuant to which, among other things, the PIPE Investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase from XPDB, and XPDB agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investor, an aggregate of 588,235 newly issued shares of Class A common stock (the “Committed Shares”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein. On March 14, 2024, in connection with the Business Combination, the Company consummated the issuance and sale of the Committed Shares to the PIPE Investor. A summary of the material terms of the Subscription Agreement is included in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 14, 2024.

 

After giving effect to the Business Combination, the redemption of Class A common stock in connection with the Special Meeting and the consummation of the issuance and sale of the Committed Shares, there were 53,823,412 shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding, consisting of 49,063,770 shares of Class A common stock and 4,759,642 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. Of those shares, 45,939,129 were issued to holders of Legacy Montana equity securities in respect of such Legacy Montana equity securities, representing approximately 85.5% of the Company’s voting power at the Closing.

 

The Company’s Class A common stock and public warrants to purchase Class A common stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbols “AIRJ” and “AIRJW,” respectively, on March 15, 2024.

 

2


 

FORM 10 INFORMATION

 

Item 2.01(f) of Form 8-K provides that if the predecessor registrant was a “shell company” (as such term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as XPDB was immediately before the Business Combination, then the registrant must disclose the information that would be required if the registrant were filing a general form for registration of securities on Form 10. As a result of the consummation of the Business Combination, and as discussed below in Item 5.06 of this Report, the Company has ceased to be a shell company. Accordingly, the Company is providing the information below that would be included in a Form 10 if it were to file a Form 10. Please note that the information provided below relates to the combined company after the consummation of the Business Combination, unless otherwise specifically indicated or the context otherwise requires.

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Report includes statements that express Montana’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Report (including in information that is incorporated by reference into this Report) and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, the Business Combination and the benefits of the Business Combination, including results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the markets in which Montana operates. Such forward-looking statements are based on information available as of the date of this Report, and current expectations, forecasts and assumptions, and involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties.

 

As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, the actual results or performance of Montana may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. The following important factors, in addition to those discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, could affect the future results of the Company and cause those results or other outcomes to differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements:

 

the failure to obtain financing to support the future working capital needs of Montana;

 

the ability to maintain the listing of Montana’s securities on the Nasdaq following the Business Combination;

 

privacy and data protection laws, privacy or data breaches, or the loss of data;

 

the enforceability of Montana’s intellectual property, including its patents, and the potential infringement on the intellectual property rights of others;

 

the price of Montana’s securities, including volatility resulting from changes in the competitive and highly regulated industries in which Montana plans to operate, variations in performance across competitors, and changes in laws and regulations, or changes in the implementation of regulations by regulatory bodies, affecting Montana’s business;

 

the impact of changes in consumer spending patterns, consumer preferences, local, regional and national economic conditions, crime, weather (including weather influenced by climate change), demographic trends and employee availability;

 

the ability to implement business plans, forecasts, and other expectations after the completion of the Business Combination, including the possibility of cost overruns or unanticipated expenses in development programs, and the ability to identify and realize additional opportunities;

 

any defects in new products or enhancements to existing products; and

 

other factors detailed under the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 of Amendment No. 5 to the registration statement on Form S-4 filed by XPDB on January 10, 2024 (the “Registration Statement”) and incorporated herein by reference.

 

3


 

The foregoing list of factors is not exhaustive. You should carefully consider the foregoing factors and the other risks and uncertainties described in the “Risk Factors” section of the other documents filed by Montana from time to time with the SEC. The forward-looking statements contained in this Report and in any document incorporated by reference are based on current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on Montana. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting Montana will be those that Montana has anticipated. Montana undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

 

Business

 

Montana’s business is described in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Information About Montana” beginning on page 128, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Risk Factors

 

The risks associated with Montana’s business are described in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21 and are incorporated herein by reference. A summary of the risks associated with Montana’s business is also included on pages 10-11 of the Registration Statement in the section titled “Summary Risk Factors” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Financial Information

 

The audited financial statements of Legacy Montana as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are set forth in Exhibit 99.1 hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of XPDB and Legacy Montana as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 is set forth in Exhibit 99.2 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

Montana’s Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 is set forth in Exhibit 99.3 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

Reference is made to the disclosure contained in Exhibit 99.3 hereto, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

4


 

Properties

 

Montana’s material facilities are described in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Information About Montana—Facilities” on page 108 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock following the consummation of the Business Combination:

 

each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of shares of the Company’s common stock;

 

each of Montana’s current named executive officers and directors; and

 

all current executive officers and directors of Montana as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is calculated based on 53,823,412 shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the Closing, consisting of 49,063,770 shares of Class A common stock and 4,759,642 shares of Class B common stock, determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security, including options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, Montana believes that all persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the voting securities beneficially owned by them.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)   Number of
Shares
    % of
Ownership
 
5% Holders            
XPDI Sponsor II LLC(2)     17,952,969       6 %
James Pallotta     3,507,095       6.5 %
Directors and Named Executive Officers                
Matthew Jore(3)     7,691,296       14.3 %
Jeff Gutke(4)     380,772       *  
Max Baucus(5)     118,992       *  
Paul Dabbar     30,000       *  
Patrick C. Eilers(2)(6)     21,933,279       33.8 %
Stuart D. Porter(7)     19,049,892       35.4 %
Dr. Marwa Zaatari            
Ajay Agrawal            
All directors and executive officers as a group (8 individuals)     49,204,231       75.8 %

 

* Less than 1%.

 

(1) Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is 34361 Innovation Drive, Ronan, Montana 59864.
(2) Includes (i) 6,827,969 shares of Class A common stock and (ii) warrants to purchase 11,125,000 shares of Class A common stock. XPDI Sponsor II LLC (the “Sponsor”) is the record holder of the shares reported herein. The Sponsor is controlled by its managing members, who in turn are controlled by Theodore J. Brombach and John F. Spence, and Patrick C. Eilers, respectively. Accordingly, all of the shares held by the Sponsor may be deemed to be beneficially held by Messrs. Brombach, Spence and Eilers. Each such person disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities, except to the extent, if any, of his pecuniary interest therein.
(3) Includes (i) 2,931,654 shares of Class A common stock and (ii) 4,759,642 shares of Class B common stock.
(4) Includes 285,579 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of Company Options that are exercisable within 60 days of the Closing.
(5) Includes 71,395 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of Company Options that are exercisable within 60 days of the Closing.
(6) Includes 3,980,310 shares of Class A common stock held of record by TEP Montana, LLC. TEP Montana, LLC is controlled by Patrick C. Eilers, who is the managing partner of the managing member of TEP Montana, LLC. Accordingly, all of the shares held by TEP Montana, LLC may be deemed to be beneficially held by Mr. Eilers. Mr. Eilers disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities, except to the extent, if any of his pecuniary interest therein.
(7) Includes (i) 294,118 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Stuart D Porter and (ii) 18,755,774 shares of Class A common stock held of record by Three Curve Capital LP. Three Curve Capital LP is controlled by Stuart D. Porter. Accordingly, all of the shares held by Three Curve Capital LP may be deemed to be beneficially held by Mr. Porter. Mr. Porter disclaims beneficial ownership of these securities, except to the extent, if any of his pecuniary interest therein.

 

5


 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

The information set forth in Item 5.02 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement and documents related thereto, and in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, each executive officer of XPDB ceased serving in such capacities, and each of Theodore J. Brombach, Paul Gaynor and Scott Widham ceased serving on XPDB’s board of directors.

 

Matthew Jore, Stuart Porter, Max Baucus, Paul Dabbar, Patrick C. Eilers and Dr. Marwa Zaatari were elected as directors of the Company by the holders of XPDB common stock at the Special Meeting, effective immediately upon the Closing, in each case, until their respective successor is duly elected and qualified, or until their earlier resignation, removal or death.

 

Immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination, on March 14, 2024, the Board unanimously approved an increase in the size of the Board from six to seven members and appointed Ajay Agrawal as a member of the Board, effective as of March 14, 2024. Mr. Agrawal was appointed as a Class III director and his term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2026. Mr. Agrawal will serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation, removal or death.

 

Mr. Agrawal is the Senior Vice President of Global Services, Business Development, and Chief Strategy Officer for Carrier. He joined Carrier in October 2019, prior to its spin-off from United Technologies Corporation (“UTC”). He is widely recognized as a results-oriented leader with deep strategic and ESG expertise, strong global experience, ability to drive profitable growth, and guide complex business transformations. He has led the formulation and execution of Carrier’s enterprise and portfolio strategies as an independent public company. This includes transformational moves to focus the company on intelligent climate solutions - resulting in the sale of Chubb, acquisition of Viessmann Climate Solutions, and ongoing exit of Fire & Security and Commercial Refrigeration portfolio. He has implemented lifecycle strategies to accelerate Carrier’s aftermarket business from low single-digit to double-digit growth in each of last three years.

 

Prior to joining Carrier, Mr. Agrawal spent 14 years, from 2005 to 2019, at UTC across multiple divisions and corporate headquarters. Most recently, he served as President, Aftermarket at Collins Aerospace and UTC Aerospace Systems. He also led the integration of Rockwell Collins, a large commercial aftermarket business at Pratt & Whitney. He also led UTC Financial Planning & Analysis. Prior to joining UTC, he spent seven years with Bain & Company, a global strategy consulting firm, where he led broad-based client engagements with mid to large-size companies (both publicly and privately equity held) across the industrial, healthcare, financial services and retail sectors.

 

Mr. Agrawal has an MBA from Carnegie Mellon University’s Tepper School of Business, where he earned their highest honor (Elliott Dunlop Smith Award). He also has a Ph.D. in Engineering from the University of Missouri. Montana believes that Mr. Agrawal is qualified to serve as a member of the Board due to his deep extensive industry and public company experience.

 

Mr. Baucus, Mr. Dabbar and Dr. Zaatari were appointed to serve on the audit committee of Montana’s Board, and Mr. Dabbar qualifies as an audit committee financial expert, as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.

 

Mr. Eilers and Dr. Zaatari were appointed to serve on the compensation committee of Montana’s Board.

 

Messrs. Baucus and Dabbar were appointed to serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee of Montana’s Board.

 

Matthew Jore was appointed as Montana’s Chief Executive Officer and Jeff Gutke was appointed as Montana’s Chief Financial Officer.

 

Montana’s directors and executive officers after the consummation of the Business Combination are described in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Management of the Post-Combination Company Following the Business Combination” beginning on page 150 and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Executive Compensation

 

The executive compensation of Montana’s executive officers is described in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Executive and Director Compensation” beginning on page 155 and that information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

 

Certain relationships and related party transactions of Montana are described in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” beginning on page 211 and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

6


 

Director Independence

 

Information regarding director independence is described in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Management of the Post-Combination Company Following the Business Combination—Director Independence” beginning on page 152 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

Reference is made to the disclosure regarding legal proceedings in the section of the Registration Statement titled “Information about Montana—Legal Proceedings” beginning on page 140, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Market Price of and Dividends on the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters

 

Shares of the Company’s common stock and warrants commenced trading on the Nasdaq under the symbols “AIRJ” and “AIRJW,” respectively, on March 15, 2024, in lieu of XPDB common stock, warrants and units of XPDB. It is the present intention of the Board to retain all earnings, if any, for use in Montana’s business operations and, accordingly, the Board does not anticipate declaring any dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon Montana’s revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends is within the discretion of the Board. Further, the ability of Montana to declare dividends may be limited by the terms of financing or other agreements, and other agreements entered into by it or its subsidiaries from time to time.

 

Information regarding XPDB common stock, warrants and units and related stockholder matters are described in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Market Prices and Dividend Information” on page 17 and such information is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Reference is made to the disclosure set forth below under Item 3.02 of this Report concerning the issuance and sale by Montana of certain unregistered securities in connection with the Business Combination, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Information regarding Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and its use by former shell companies is set forth in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Securities Act Restrictions on Resale of Securities” on page 108 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Description of Registrant’s Securities

 

The description of Montana’s securities is contained in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Description of Securities of the Post-Combination Company” beginning on page 203 and is incorporated herein by reference. As described below, Montana’s Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Post-combination Company was approved by XPDB’s stockholders at the Special Meeting and became effective as of the Closing.

 

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

The indemnification of Montana’s directors and officers is set forth in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Description of Securities of the Post-Combination Company—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors” on page 207 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

7


 

Item 3.02. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities.

 

In connection with the Closing, on March 14, 2024, the Company consummated the Subscription, pursuant to which the Company issued and sold to the PIPE Investor an aggregate of 588,235 newly issued shares of Class A common stock on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Subscription Agreement for aggregate consideration of $5,000,000. At the one-year anniversary of the Closing, the PIPE Investor is eligible to receive up to 840,336 additional newly issued shares of Class A common stock at no additional cost, subject to certain conditions set forth in the Subscription Agreement. A summary of the material terms of the Subscription Agreement is included in the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 14, 2024.

 

All of the securities referenced in the foregoing paragraph were issued and sold in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. All such securities may not be re-offered or sold in the United States absent an effective registration statement or an exemption from the registration requirements under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

Item 3.03. Material Modification to Rights of Security Holders.

 

The information set forth in Item 5.03 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 4.01. Changes in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant.

 

For accounting purposes, the Business Combination are treated as a reverse acquisition and, as such, the historical financial statements of the accounting acquirer, Legacy Montana, will become the historical financial statements of the Company. In a reverse acquisition, a change of accountants is presumed to have occurred unless the same accountant audited the pre-transaction financial statements of both the legal acquirer and the accounting acquirer, and such change is generally presumed to occur on the date the reverse acquisition is completed.

 

(a) Dismissal of independent registered public accounting firm.

 

On March 14, 2024, the Audit Committee of the Board dismissed Marcum LLP (“Marcum”), XPDB’s independent registered public accounting firm prior to the business combination, as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, effective upon the Closing.

 

The report of Marcum on XPDB’s, the Company’s legal predecessor’s, balance sheet as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 and the statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainties, audit scope or accounting principles, except that such report contained an explanatory paragraph regarding XPDB’s ability to continue as a going concern.

 

During the period from March 23, 2021 (inception) to December 31, 2023 and the subsequent period through March 14, 2024, there were no disagreements between the Company and Marcum on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Marcum, would have caused it to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in its reports on XPDB’s financial statements for such period.

 

During the period from March 23, 2021 (inception) to December 31, 2023 and during the subsequent period through March 14, 2024, there were no “reportable events” (as defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K under the Exchange Act).

 

The Company has provided Marcum with a copy of the foregoing disclosures and has requested that Marcum furnish the Company with a letter addressed to the SEC stating whether it agrees with the statements made by the Company set forth above. A copy of Marcum’s letter, dated March 20, 2024, is filed as Exhibit 16.1 to this Report.

 

(b) Appointment of independent registered public accounting firm.

 

On March 14, 2024, the Audit Committee of the Board approved the engagement of BDO USA, P.C. (“BDO”) as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm to audit the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024, effective as of the Closing. BDO served as the independent registered public accounting firm of Legacy Montana prior to the Business Combination.

 

During the two most recent fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, and during the interim period through March 19, 2024, neither the Company nor anyone acting on its behalf consulted with BDO regarding any matters that would require disclosure under Item 304(a)(2)(i) or (ii) of Regulation S-K.

 

8


 

Item 5.01. Changes in Control of Registrant.

 

The information set forth above under Item 1.01 and Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.02. Departure of Directors or Certain Officers; Election of Directors; Appointment of Certain Officers; Compensatory Arrangements of Certain Officers.

 

The information set forth in the sections titled “Management of the Post-Combination Company Following the Business Combination”, “Executive and Director Compensation”, and “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” in Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Increase in Board Size; Appointment of Director

 

Following the consummation of the Business Combination, on March 14, 2024, the Board unanimously approved an increase in the size of the Board from six to seven members and appointed Ajay Agrawal as a Class III director of the Board, effective as of March 14, 2024. Mr. Agrawal’s term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2026. Mr. Agrawal will serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified, or until his earlier resignation, removal or death.

 

As previously disclosed, on January 7, 2024, the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) with Legacy Montana and Carrier Corporation, an affiliate of Carrier Global Corporation (NYSE: CARR), a global leader in intelligent climate and energy solutions (collectively with its affiliates, “Carrier”), pursuant to which the Company, Legacy Montana and Carrier agreed, among other things, to provide Carrier the right to nominate one (1) designee, subject to the approval of the Company, for election to the Board for so long as Carrier satisfies certain investment conditions following the Closing. Mr. Agrawal is the Senior Vice President, Global Services, Business Development & Chief Strategy Officer for Carrier Global Corporation and was appointed to the Board pursuant to Carrier’s rights under the Letter Agreement. Mr. Agrawal will not receive any compensation for his service as a member of the Board. The Company expects to enter into its standard form of indemnification agreement with Mr. Agrawal.

 

As previously disclosed, on January 7, 2024, each of Legacy Montana and CAMT Climate Solutions Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Hong Kong as a joint venture between Legacy Montana and CATL US Inc. (“CAMT”), entered into a binding term sheet for a commercialization and collaboration agreement (together, the “Binding Term Sheets”) with Carrier Corporation, an affiliate of Carrier (the “Carrier Subscriber”), pursuant to which, among other things, the parties agreed to negotiate in good faith to finalize and enter into, as promptly as reasonably practicable, definitive agreements relating to the development of a system that incorporates AirJoule® technology into HVAC equipment (the “Applicable Products”) and the viability of the commercialization of the Applicable Products. Subject to certain milestones to be set forth in the definitive agreements relating to the proposed collaboration, the Binding Term Sheets provide that Carrier will have (i) the exclusive right to commercialize the Applicable Products in North and South America (subject, in each case, to exclusively sourcing primary components of the AirJoule® technology from Montana, its designated affiliates and joint venture entities of which Montana is a member) for a period of three years from the earlier of (a) the date of the definitive agreement relating thereto and (b) the first commercialization of the Applicable Products by Carrier and (ii) a non-exclusive right to commercialize the Applicable Products in Europe, India and the Middle East (subject, in each case, to exclusively sourcing primary components of the AirJoule® technology from CAMT or its affiliates) for a period of three years from the first commercialization of the Applicable Products by Carrier. Despite entry into the Binding Term Sheets, we and CAMT ultimately may not enter into definitive agreements with Carrier on terms consistent with the Binding Term Sheets or at all.

 

Other than the indemnification agreement to be entered into between Mr. Agrawal the Company and the Binding Term Sheets, Mr. Agrawal and his affiliates are not a party to any transaction, or series of transactions, required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K.

 

9


 

Montana Technologies Corporation 2024 Incentive Award Plan and Montana Technologies Corporation 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

As previously disclosed, at the Special Meeting, the holders of XPDB common stock considered and approved the Montana Technologies Corporation 2024 Incentive Award Plan (the “Incentive Plan”) and Montana Technologies Corporation 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP” and together with the Incentive Plan, the “Plans”), which became effective immediately upon the Closing. Descriptions of the Plans are included in the Proxy Statement/Prospectus in the sections entitled “Proposal No. 6—The Incentive Plan Proposal” beginning on page 91 thereof and “Proposal No. 7—The Employee Stock Purchase Plan Proposal” beginning on page 96 thereof, which are incorporated herein by reference.

 

Such descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of the Plans and applicable forms of award agreements, copies of which are attached hereto as Exhibit 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7 and 10.8, respectively, and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.03. Amendments to Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws; Change in Fiscal Year.

 

At the Special Meeting, the XPDB stockholders considered and approved, among other things, the proposals set forth in the Proxy Statement in the sections titled “Proposal No. 2—The Charter Proposal” and “Proposal No.3—The Governance” beginning on pages 81 and 85, respectively, of the Proxy Statement.

 

The Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Post-Combination Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), which became effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 15, 2024, includes the amendments proposed by the Charter Proposal.

 

On March 14, 2024, the Board approved and adopted the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Montana (the “Bylaws”), which became effective immediately prior to the completion of the Business Combination.

 

Copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws are attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1 and Exhibit 3.2, respectively, and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

The description of the Certificate of Incorporation and the general effect of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws upon the rights of holders of Montana’s capital stock are included in the Registration Statement in the section titled “Description of Securities of the Post-Combination Company”, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.05. Amendments to the Registrant’s Code of Ethics, or Waiver of a Provision of the Code of Ethics.

 

In connection with the Closing, on March 14, 2024, the board of directors of the Company approved and adopted a new Code of Ethics and Conduct applicable to all employees, officers and directors of the Company. A copy of the Code of Ethics and Conduct can be found on the Company’s website, https://mt.energy. The reference to the Company’s website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through the Company’s website, and you should not consider it to be a part of this Report.

 

The foregoing description of the Code of Ethics and Conduct policy does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Code of Ethics and Conduct policy, which is filed as Exhibit 14.1 to this Report and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 5.06. Change in Shell Company Status.

 

As a result of the Business Combination, the Company ceased being a shell company. Reference is made to the disclosure in the Proxy Statement in the section titled “Proposal No. 1—The Business Combination Proposal” beginning on page 80, which is incorporated herein by reference. Further, the information set forth in the Introductory Note and under Item 2.01 of this Report is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 8.01. Other Events.

 

As a result of the Business Combination, Montana became the successor issuer to XPDB. Pursuant to Rule 12g-3(a) under the Exchange Act, the Company’s common stock and warrants are deemed registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act.

 

10


 

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

 

(a) Financial statements of businesses acquired.

 

The audited financial statements of Legacy Montana as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 are set forth in Exhibit 99.1 hereto and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(b) Pro forma financial information.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of XPDB and Legacy Montana as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023 is set forth in Exhibit 99.2 hereto and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
No.

 

Description

2.1†   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 5, 2023, by and among Montana Technologies LLC, XPDB Merger Sub, LLC and Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on June 5, 2023).
2.2   First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated February 5, 2024, by and among Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp., Montana Technologies LLC and XPDB Merger Sub LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 5, 2024).
3.1   Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp.
3.2   Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Montana Technologies Corporation.
4.1   Public Warrant Agreement, dated December 9, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 14, 2021).
4.2   Private Warrant Agreement, dated December 9, 2021, by and between the Registrant and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 14, 2021).
10.1   Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2024, by and among Montana Technologies Corporation and the holders party thereto.
10.2†   Form of Lock-Up Agreement.
10.3   Form of Indemnification Agreement.
10.4+   Montana Technologies Corporation 2024 Incentive Award Plan.
10.5+   Montana Technologies Corporation 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.6   Joint Development Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2022, by and between BASF SE and Montana Technologies LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, filed with the SEC on October 2, 2023).
10.7   Amended and Restated Joint Venture Agreement for CAMT Climate Solutions LTD., dated as of September 29, 2023, by and among CATL US Inc., Montana Technologies LLC and CAMT Climate Solutions LTD (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, filed with the SEC on October 2, 2023).
10.8   Investment Agreement, dated as of September 29, 2023, by and among Montana Technologies LLC, Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp., Contemporary Amperex Technology Co., Limited, CATL US INC. and Contemporary Amperex Technology USA Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, filed with the SEC on October 2, 2023).
10.9   Letter Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2024, by and among Carrier Corporation, Montana Technologies LLC and Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, filed with the SEC on January 10, 2024).
10.10   Binding Term Sheet for a Commercialization and Collaboration Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2024, by and between Carrier Corporation and CAMT Climate Solutions Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, filed with the SEC on January 10, 2024).
10.11   Binding Term Sheet for a Commercialization and Collaboration Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2024, by and between Carrier Corporation and Montana Technologies LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4/A, filed with the SEC on January 10, 2024).
10.12   Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 14, 2024).
14.1   Code of Ethics and Conduct.
16.1   Letter from Marcum LLP to the Securities and Exchange Commission.
21.1   List of Subsidiaries.
99.1   Audited financial statements of Montana Technologies LLC as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
99.2   Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information of Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp. and Montana Technologies LLC as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023.
99.3   Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022.
104   Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

 

The annexes, schedules, and certain exhibits to this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant hereby agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted annex, schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

11


 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

 

  Montana Technologies Corporation
     
Date: March 20, 2024 By: /s/ Jeff Gutke
  Name: Jeff Gutke
  Title: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

12

 

 

EX-3.1 2 ea020216001ex3-1_montana.htm SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF POWER & DIGITAL INFRASTRUCTURE ACQUISITION II CORP

EXHIBIT 3.1

 

Execution Version

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

POWER & DIGITAL INFRASTRUCTURE ACQUISITION II CORP.

 

Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

1. The name of the Corporation is Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp. The Corporation was incorporated under the name Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp. by the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 23, 2021 (the “Original Certificate”).

 

2. An Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which amended and restated the Original Certificate in its entirety, was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on December 9, 2021 (as amended from time to time, the “Existing Certificate”).

 

3. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Second Amended and Restated Certificate”), which amends and restates the Existing Certificate in its entirety, has been approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the DGCL and has been adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation at a meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 211 of the DGCL.

 

4. The text of the Existing Certificate is hereby amended and restated by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate to read in its entirety as set forth in EXHIBIT A attached hereto.

 

5. This Second Amended and Restated Certificate shall become immediately effective upon its filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

6. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp. has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate to be signed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation, on March 14, 2024.

 

  POWER & DIGITAL INFRASTRUCTURE ACQUISITION II CORP.
     
  By: /s/ Matthew Jore
  Name: Matthew Jore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

ARTICLE I NAME

 

The name of the corporation is Montana Technologies Corporation (the “Corporation”).

 

ARTICLE II REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 8 The Green, Suite B, Dover, Kent county, Delaware 19901, and the name of its registered agent at such address is Northwest Registered Agent Service, Inc.

 

ARTICLE III PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) as it now exists or may hereafter be amended and supplemented.

 

ARTICLE IV CAPITAL STOCK

 

The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 675,000,000, consisting of three classes as follows: 600,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”); 50,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with Class A Common Stock, “Common Stock”); and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).

 

Upon the filing of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Effective Time”), each issued and outstanding share of capital stock of the Corporation shall convert automatically, on a one-for-one basis, into a share of Class A Common Stock, without any action required on the part of the Corporation or the holders thereof.

 

The Corporation has the authority to create and issue rights, warrants and options entitling the holders thereof to acquire from the Corporation any shares of its capital stock of any class or classes, with such rights, warrants and options to be evidenced by or in instrument(s) approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”). The Board of Directors is empowered to set the exercise price, duration, times for exercise and other terms and conditions of such rights, warrants or options; provided, however, that the consideration to be received for any shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise thereof may not be less than the par value thereof.

 

2


 

The designations and the powers, privileges and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation are as follows:

 

A. COMMON STOCK.

 

1. General. The voting, dividend, liquidation, and other rights and powers of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock as may be designated by the Board of Directors and outstanding from time to time.

 

2. Voting.

 

a. Except as otherwise provided herein (including any Certificate of Designation) or otherwise required by law, the holders of the shares of Common Stock shall exclusively possess all voting power with respect to the Corporation.

 

b. Each share of Class A Common Stock shall entitle the record holder thereof as of the applicable record date to one (1) vote per share in person or by proxy on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Class A Common Stock, whether voting separately as a class or otherwise.

 

c. Each share of Class B Common Stock shall entitle the record holder thereof as of the applicable record date to one (1) vote per share in person or by proxy on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Class B Common Stock, whether voting separately as a class or otherwise.

 

d. Except as otherwise required in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as a single class (or, if any holders of shares of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote together with the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock, as a single class with such holders of Preferred Stock) on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

 

e. Except as otherwise provided herein (including any Certificate of Designation) or otherwise required by law, at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, holders of the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of the Corporation’s directors and on all other matters properly submitted to a vote of the stockholders.

 

f. Except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation) that relates solely to the rights, powers, preferences (or the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof) or other terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation) or pursuant to the DGCL.

 

Subject to the rights of any holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, the number of authorized shares of any particular class may not be decreased below the number of shares of such class then outstanding, plus (i) in the case of Class A Common Stock, the number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable in connection with the exercise of all outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class A Common Stock, including in respect of Class A Common Stock issued upon conversion of Class B Common Stock, and (ii) in the case of Class B Common Stock, the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issuable in connection with the exercise of all outstanding options, warrants, exchange rights, conversion rights or similar rights for Class B Common Stock.

 

3


 

3. Permitted Ownership. From and after the effectiveness of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, shares of Class B Common Stock may be issued only to, and registered only in the name of, the Existing Owners and their respective Permitted Transferees (the Existing Owners, together with all such subsequent successors, assigns and Permitted Transferees, collectively, the “Permitted Class B Owners”). As used in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, (A) “Existing Owner” means each of Matt Jore and Stu Porter, (B) “Permitted Transferee” means (i) a Permitted Class B Owner, (ii) Relatives of a Permitted Class B Owner, (iii) any trust, corporation, family partnership or limited liability company, the sole beneficiaries, stockholders, partners or members or which are a Permitted Class B Owner or Relatives of a Permitted Class B Owner, (iv) the heirs of any deceased Permitted Class B Owner, whether by will or intestacy and (v) any person that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or with a Permitted Class B Owner and (C) “Relative” means, with respect to any Permitted Class B Owner, his or her current or former spouse, siblings, parents, or spouse’s or former spouse’s parents or siblings or lineal descendants (whether natural or adopted) of such Permitted Class B Owner, his or her current or former spouse, siblings, parents or current or former spouse’s parents or siblings.

 

4. Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the rights and preferences of any holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to the payment of dividends on the Common Stock when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors in accordance with applicable law. Except as otherwise provided in this Article IV, dividends of cash or property may not be declared or paid on any class of Common Stock unless a dividend of the same amount per share and same type of cash or property (or combination thereof) per share is concurrently declared or paid on all other classes of Common Stock.

 

5. Stock Adjustments. In no event will any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, combination of stock, reclassification or recapitalization be declared or made on any class of Common Stock (each, a “Stock Adjustment”) unless a corresponding Stock Adjustment for all other classes of Common Stock at the time outstanding is made in the same proportion and the same manner (unless the holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of any such other class of Common Stock (voting separately as a single class) waive such requirement in writing, in which event no such Stock Adjustment shall be made for such other class of Common Stock).

 

4


 

6. Liquidation. Subject to the rights and preferences of any holders of any shares of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, in the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the funds and assets of the Corporation that may be legally distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of the then outstanding Common Stock pro rata in accordance with the number of shares of Common Stock held by each such holder.

 

7. Equal Treatment. Except as expressly provided in this Article IV, all shares of Common Stock shall, as among each other, have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters (unless holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of any class of Common Stock (voting separately as a single class) waive such requirement in advance and in writing to different treatment as to such class of Common Stock, in which event different treatment may be permitted for such class of Common Stock). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of any class of Common Stock (voting separately as a single class) waive such requirement in advance and in writing to different treatment as to such class of Common Stock, in which event different treatment may be permitted for such class of Common Stock, (i) in the event of a merger, consolidation or other business combination requiring the approval of the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote thereon (whether or not the Corporation is the surviving entity), the holders of any class of Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration (on a per share basis), if any, as the holders of any other class of Common Stock, and (ii) in the event of (a) any tender or exchange offer to acquire any shares of Common Stock by any third party pursuant to an agreement to which the Corporation is a party or (b) any tender or exchange offer by the Corporation to acquire any shares of Common Stock, pursuant to the terms of the applicable tender or exchange offer, the holders of any class of Common Stock shall have the right to receive, or the right to elect to receive, the same form of consideration and the same amount of consideration (on a per share basis), if any, as the holders of any other class of Common Stock.

 

8. Conversion.

 

a. Voluntary Conversion. Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the transfer agent of the Corporation. Shares of Class B Common Stock that are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as provided in this Article IV shall be retired and may not be reissued.

 

b. Automatic Conversion. On the earliest to occur of (i) the date that is seven (7) years from the date of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and (ii) the first date on which the Permitted Class B Owners cease to own, in the aggregate, at least 33.0% of the number of shares of Class B Common Stock issued and held by the Permitted Class B Owners immediately following the Effective Time (or as to which the Permitted Class B Owners are entitled to as of such time), in each case, as equitably adjusted to reflect any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, combination, exchange of shares or other like change or transaction (such date, the “Automatic Conversion Date”), each outstanding share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action by the Corporation or any stockholder, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock. Following such conversion, the reissuance of all shares of Class B Common Stock shall be prohibited, and such shares of Class B Common Stock shall be retired and may not be reissued. Upon such retirement, all references to Class B Common Stock in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall be eliminated.

 

5


 

c. Conversion upon Transfer. Immediately prior to any transfer of shares of Class B Common Stock to a person other than a Permitted Transferee, each share of Class B Common Stock being transferred shall automatically, without any further action by the Corporation or any stockholder, the transferor or the transferee, convert into one (1) fully paid and nonassessable share of Class A Common Stock.

 

d. Procedures. The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of Class B Common Stock into Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates with respect thereto, as it may deem reasonably necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred. A determination by the Secretary of the Corporation that a transfer results in a conversion to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.

 

e. Immediate Effect. In the event of a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Article IV or upon the Automatic Conversion Date, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made at the time that the transfer of shares occurred or immediately upon the Automatic Conversion Date, as applicable. Upon any conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Article IV, all rights of the former holder of such shares of Class B Common Stock with respect to such shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose names or names the certificate or certificates representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock. The Corporation shall provide notice of such automatic conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock (the “Automatic Conversion”) to record holders of such shares of Class B Common Stock as soon as practicable following the Automatic Conversion; provided, however, that the Corporation may satisfy such notice requirements by providing such notice prior to the Automatic Conversion.

 

6


 

f. Reservation of Stock. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion(s) of the shares of Class B Common Stock pursuant to this Article IV, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.

 

9. Restrictions. All certificates or book entries representing shares of Class B Common Stock shall bear a legend substantially in the following form (or in such other form as the Board of Directors may determine):

 

THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE “ACT”) AND MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION THEREFROM UNDER THE ACT. THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS [CERTIFICATE][BOOK ENTRY] ARE SUBJECT TO THE RESTRICTIONS (INCLUDING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER) SET FORTH IN THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF THE CORPORATION AS IT MAY BE AMENDED AND/OR RESTATED (A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE CORPORATION AND SHALL BE PROVIDED FREE OF CHARGE TO ANY STOCKHOLDER MAKING A REQUEST THEREFOR).

 

B. PREFERRED STOCK

 

Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series, each of such series to have such terms as stated or expressed herein and in the resolution or resolutions providing for the creation and issuance of such series adopted by the Board of Directors as hereinafter provided.

 

Authority is hereby expressly granted to the Board of Directors from time to time to issue the Preferred Stock in one or more series, and in connection with the creation of any such series, by adopting a resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of the shares thereof and by filing a certificate of designation relating thereto in accordance with the DGCL (a “Certificate of Designation”), to determine and fix the number of shares of such series and such voting powers, full or limited, or no voting powers, and such designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including without limitation thereof, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series as shall be stated and expressed in such resolutions, all to the fullest extent now or hereafter permitted by the DGCL. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the creation and issuance of any series of Preferred Stock may provide that such series shall be superior or rank equally or be junior to any other series of Preferred Stock to the extent permitted by law and this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation). Except as otherwise required by law, holders of any series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled only to such voting rights, if any, as shall expressly be granted thereto by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation).

 

7


 

The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.

 

ARTICLE V BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

For the management of the business and for the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation it is further provided that:

 

A. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the directors of the Corporation shall be classified with respect to the time for which they severally hold office into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated as Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial Class I directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the date of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate; the initial Class II directors shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the date of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate; and the initial Class III directors shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting following the date of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate. At each annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation beginning with the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the date of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of the stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Each director shall hold office until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. The Board of Directors is authorized to assign members of the Board of Directors already in office to Class I, Class II and Class III.

 

B. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the DGCL or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors that shall constitute the whole Board of Directors shall be fixed exclusively by one or more resolutions adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

C. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 and 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at an election of directors.

 

8


 

D. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock to elect directors, except as otherwise provided by law, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, retirement, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director (other than any directors elected by the separate vote of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock), and shall not be filled by the stockholders. Any director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class to which such director shall have been appointed or until his or her earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or removal.

 

E. Whenever the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock issued by the Corporation shall have the right, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more such other series, to elect directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, removal and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article V, the number of directors that may be elected by the holders of any such series of Preferred Stock shall be in addition to the number fixed pursuant to paragraph B of this Article V, and the total number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors shall be automatically adjusted accordingly. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Designation(s) in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such Certificate of Designation(s), the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate (in which case each such director thereupon shall cease to be qualified as, and shall cease to be, a director) and the total authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be reduced accordingly.

 

F. In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to adopt, amend or repeal the Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation (as amended and/or restated from time to time, the “Bylaws”). In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by applicable law or by this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including any Certificate of Designation in respect of one or more series of Preferred Stock) or the Bylaws of the Corporation, the adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders of the Corporation shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 and 2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in an election of directors.

 

G. The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws so provide.

 

9


 

ARTICLE VI STOCKHOLDERS

 

A. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, and shall not be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action required or permitted to be taken by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, voting separately as a series or separately as a class with one or more other such series, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, to the extent expressly so provided by the applicable Certificate of Designation relating to such series of Preferred Stock, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding shares of the relevant series of Preferred Stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of the DGCL.

 

B. Subject to the special rights of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, at any time only by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, and shall not be called by any other person or persons.

 

C. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of other business proposed to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII LIABILITY

 

No director or officer of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VII, or the adoption of any provision of the Second Amended and Restated Certificate inconsistent with this Article VII, shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation with respect to any act or omission occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption. If the DGCL is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors or officers, then the liability of a director or officer of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

 

10


 

ARTICLE VIII FORUM SELECTION

 

Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, (a) the Court of Chancery (the “Chancery Court”) of the State of Delaware (or, in the event that the Chancery Court does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware or other state courts of the State of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action, suit or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or stockholder of the Corporation to the Corporation or to the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action, suit or proceeding arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, the Bylaws or this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (as either may be amended from time to time) or (iv) any action, suit or proceeding asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine; and (b) subject to the preceding provisions of this Article VIII, the federal district courts of the United States of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, including all causes of action asserted against any defendant to such complaint. If any action the subject matter of which is within the scope of clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence is filed in a court other than the courts in the State of Delaware (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any stockholder, such stockholder shall be deemed to have consented to (x) the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware in connection with any action brought in any such court to enforce the provisions of clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence and (y) having service of process made upon such stockholder in any such action by service upon such stockholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such stockholder.

 

Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any security of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this Article VIII. This Article VIII is intended to benefit and may be enforced by the Corporation, its officers and directors, the underwriters to any offering giving rise to such complaint, and any other professional or entity whose profession gives authority to a statement made by that person or entity and who has prepared or certified any part of the documents underlying the offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this Article VIII shall not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any other claim for which the federal courts of the United States have exclusive jurisdiction.

 

If any provision or provisions of this Article VIII shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstances for any reason whatsoever, (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Article VIII (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article VIII containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the application of such provision to other persons or entities and circumstances shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

11


 

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS

 

A. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate to the contrary, in addition to any vote required by applicable law, the following provisions in this Second Amended and Restated Certificate may be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded, in whole or in part, or any provision inconsistent therewith or herewith may be adopted, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (66 and 2/3%) of the total voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class: Part B of Article IV, Article V, Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII and this Article IX.

 

B. If any provision or provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable as applied to any circumstance for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of such provisions in any other circumstance and of the remaining provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (ii) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to permit the Corporation to protect its directors, officers, employees and agents from personal liability in respect of their good faith service to or for the benefit of the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

 

12

 

 

EX-3.2 3 ea020216001ex3-2_montana.htm SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS OF MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

Exhibit 3.2

 

Execution Version

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Montana Technologies Corporation

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

 


  

Table of Contents

 

      Page
       
Article I - Corporate Offices 1
       
  1.1 Registered Office 1
  1.2 Other Offices 1
       
Article II - Meetings of Stockholders 1
       
  2.1 Place of Meetings 1
  2.2 Annual Meeting 1
  2.3 Special Meeting 1
  2.4 Notice of Business to be Brought before a Meeting 2
  2.5 Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board 5
  2.6 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings 8
  2.7 Quorum 8
  2.8 Adjourned Meeting; Notice 9
  2.9 Conduct of Business 9
  2.10 Voting 10
  2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes 10
  2.12 Proxies 10
  2.13 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote 11
  2.14 Inspectors of Election 11
  2.15 Delivery to the Corporation 12
       
Article III - Directors 12
       
  3.1 Powers 12
  3.2 Number of Directors 12
  3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors 12
  3.4 Resignation and Vacancies 12
  3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone 13
  3.6 Regular Meetings 13
  3.7 Special Meetings; Notice 13
  3.8 Quorum 14
  3.9 Board Action without a Meeting 14
  3.10 Fees and Compensation of Directors 14
       
Article IV - Committees 14
       
  4.1 Committees of Directors 14
  4.2 Committee Minutes 15
  4.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees 15
  4.4 Subcommittees. 15
       
Article V - Officers 16
       
  5.1 Officers 16
  5.2 Appointment of Officers 16
  5.3 Subordinate Officers 16
  5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers 16

 

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

      Page
       
  5.5 Vacancies in Offices 16
  5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations 16
  5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers 17
  5.8 Compensation. 17
       
Article VI - Records 17
       
Article VII - General Matters 17
       
  7.1 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments 17
  7.2 Stock Certificates 17
  7.3 Special Designation of Certificates 18
  7.4 Lost Certificates 18
  7.5 Shares Without Certificates 18
  7.6 Construction; Definitions 19
  7.7 Dividends 19
  7.8 Fiscal Year 19
  7.9 Seal 19
  7.10 Transfer of Stock 19
  7.11 Stock Transfer Agreements 19
  7.12 Registered Stockholders 20
  7.13 Waiver of Notice 20
       
Article VIII - Notice 20
       
8.1 Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission 20
       
Article IX - Indemnification 21
       
  9.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers 21
  9.2 Indemnification of Others 21
  9.3 Prepayment of Expenses 22
  9.4 Determination; Claim 22
  9.5 Non-Exclusivity of Rights 22
  9.6 Insurance 22
  9.7 Other Indemnification 22
  9.8 Continuation of Indemnification 22
  9.9 Amendment or Repeal; Interpretation 23
       
Article X - Amendments 23
       
Article XI - Definitions 24

 

ii


 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of
Montana Technologies Corporation

 

 

 

Article I - Corporate Offices

 

1.1 Registered Office.

 

The address of the registered office of Montana Technologies Corporation (the “Corporation”) in the State of Delaware, and the name of its registered agent at such address, shall be as set forth in the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation, as the same may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “Certificate of Incorporation”).

 

1.2 Other Offices.

 

The Corporation may have additional offices at any place or places, within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Corporation’s board of directors (the “Board”) may from time to time establish or as the business and affairs of the Corporation may require.

 

Article II - Meetings of Stockholders

 

2.1 Place of Meetings.

 

Meetings of stockholders shall be held at any place, within or outside the State of Delaware, designated by the Board. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office, whether within or outside of the State of Delaware.

 

2.2 Annual Meeting.

 

The Board shall designate the date and time of the annual meeting. At the annual meeting, the stockholders entitled to vote on such matters shall elect those directors of the Corporation to fill any term of a directorship that expires on the date of such annual meeting and may transact any other business as may properly be brought before the meeting in accordance with Section 2.4. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled annual meeting of stockholders.

 

2.3 Special Meeting.

 

Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by such persons and only in such manner as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

No business may be transacted at any special meeting of stockholders other than the business specified in the notice of such meeting. The Board may postpone, reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders.

 

1


 

2.4 Notice of Business to be Brought before a Meeting.

 

(a) At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, business must be (i) specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board, (ii) if not specified in a notice of meeting, otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board or the Chairman of the Board or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder present in person who (A) (1) was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.4 and at the time of the meeting, (2) is entitled to vote at the meeting and (3) has complied with this Section 2.4 in all applicable respects or (B) properly made such proposal in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (as so amended and inclusive of such rules and regulations, the “Exchange Act”). The foregoing clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to propose business to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders. The only matters that may be brought before a special meeting are the matters specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling the meeting pursuant to Section 2.3, and stockholders shall not be permitted to propose business to be brought before a special meeting of the stockholders. For purposes of this Section 2.4, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the annual meeting of the Corporation, or a qualified representative of such proposing stockholder, appear at such annual meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or any other person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. Stockholders seeking to nominate persons for election to the Board must comply with Section 2.5, and this Section 2.4 shall not be applicable to nominations except as expressly provided in Section 2.5.

 

(b) For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation and (ii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.4. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that if no annual meeting was held in the preceding year, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred and twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made by the Corporation; provided, further, that if the date of the annual meeting is more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be so delivered, or mailed and received, not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was first made by the Corporation (such notice within such time periods, “Timely Notice”). In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of Timely Notice as described above.

 

2


 

(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.4, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth:

 

(i) As to each Proposing Person (as defined below), (A) the name and address of such Proposing Person (including, if applicable, the name and address that appear on the Corporation’s books and records); and (B) the class or series and number of shares of the Corporation that are, directly or indirectly, owned of record or beneficially owned (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by such Proposing Person, except that such Proposing Person shall in all events be deemed to beneficially own any shares of any class or series of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) and (B) are referred to as “Stockholder Information”);

 

(ii) As to each Proposing Person, (A) the full notional amount of any securities that, directly or indirectly, underlie any “derivative security” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(c) under the Exchange Act) that constitutes a “call equivalent position” (as such term is defined in Rule 16a-1(b) under the Exchange Act) (“Synthetic Equity Position”) and that is, directly or indirectly, held or maintained by such Proposing Person with respect to any shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation; provided that, for the purposes of the definition of “Synthetic Equity Position,” the term “derivative security” shall also include any security or instrument that would not otherwise constitute a “derivative security” as a result of any feature that would make any conversion, exercise or similar right or privilege of such security or instrument becoming determinable only at some future date or upon the happening of a future occurrence, in which case the determination of the amount of securities into which such security or instrument would be convertible or exercisable shall be made assuming that such security or instrument is immediately convertible or exercisable at the time of such determination; and, provided, further, that any Proposing Person satisfying the requirements of Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (other than a Proposing Person that so satisfies Rule 13d-1(b)(1) under the Exchange Act solely by reason of Rule 13d-1(b)(1)(ii)(E)) shall not be deemed to hold or maintain the notional amount of any securities that underlie a Synthetic Equity Position held by such Proposing Person as a hedge with respect to a bona fide derivatives trade or position of such Proposing Person arising in the ordinary course of such Proposing Person’s business as a derivatives dealer, (B) any rights to dividends on the shares of any class or series of shares of the Corporation owned beneficially by such Proposing Person that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (C) any material pending or threatened Proceeding in which such Proposing Person is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (D) any other material relationship between such Proposing Person, on the one hand, and the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation, on the other hand, (E) any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement of such Proposing Person with the Corporation or any affiliate of the Corporation (including, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (F) a representation that such Proposing Person intends or is part of a group that intends to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or otherwise solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal and (G) any other information relating to such Proposing Person that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (A) through (G) are referred to as “Disclosable Interests”); provided, however, that Disclosable Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner; and (iii) As to each item of business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting, (A) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person, (B) the text of the proposal or business (including the text of any resolutions proposed for consideration and in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend the bylaws, the language of the proposed amendment), and (C) a reasonably detailed description of all agreements, arrangements and understandings (x) between or among any of the Proposing Persons or (y) between or among any Proposing Person and any other person or entity (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder; and (D) any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that the disclosures required by this Section 2.4(c)(iii) shall not include any disclosures with respect to any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner.

 

3


 

 

For purposes of this Section 2.4, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the business proposed to be brought before the annual meeting is made, and (iii) any participant (as defined in paragraphs (a)(ii)-(vi) of Instruction 3 to Item 4 of Schedule 14A) with such stockholder in such solicitation.

 

(d) A Proposing Person shall update and supplement its notice to the Corporation of its intent to propose business at an annual meeting, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding matters, business or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders.

 

(e) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at an annual meeting that is not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4. The presiding officer of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with this Section 2.4, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.

 

(f) This Section 2.4 is expressly intended to apply to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders other than any proposal made in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act and included in the Corporation’s proxy statement. In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.4 with respect to any business proposed to be brought before an annual meeting, each Proposing Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such business. Nothing in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to affect the rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

4


 

(g) For purposes of these bylaws, “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by a national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Sections 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.5 Notice of Nominations for Election to the Board.

 

(a) Nominations of any person for election to the Board at an annual meeting or at a special meeting (but only if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling such special meeting) may be made at such meeting only (i) by or at the direction of the Board, including by any committee or persons authorized to do so by the Board or these bylaws, or (ii) by a stockholder present in person (A) who was a record owner of shares of the Corporation both at the time of giving the notice provided for in this Section 2.5 and at the time of the meeting, (B) is entitled to vote at the meeting, and (C) has complied with this Section 2.5 as to such notice and nomination. For purposes of this Section 2.5, “present in person” shall mean that the stockholder proposing that the business be brought before the meeting of the Corporation, or a qualified representative of such stockholder, appear at such meeting. A “qualified representative” of such proposing stockholder shall be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or any other person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the meeting of stockholders. The foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting or special meeting.

 

(b) (i) Without qualification, for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at an annual meeting, the stockholder must (1) provide Timely Notice (as defined in Section 2.4) thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation, (2) provide the information, agreements and questionnaires with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required to be set forth by this Section 2.5 and (3) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5.

 

(ii) Without qualification, if the election of directors is a matter specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of the person calling a special meeting, then for a stockholder to make any nomination of a person or persons for election to the Board at a special meeting, the stockholder must (i) provide Timely Notice thereof in writing and in proper form to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (ii) provide the information with respect to such stockholder and its candidate for nomination as required by this Section 2.5 and (iii) provide any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Section 2.5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice for nominations to be made at a special meeting must be delivered to, or mailed and received at, the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such special meeting or, if later, the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of the date of such special meeting was first made.

 

5


 

(iii) In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting or special meeting or the announcement thereof commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(iv) In no event may a Nominating Person provide Timely Notice with respect to a greater number of director candidates than are subject to election by shareholders at the applicable meeting. If the Corporation shall, subsequent to such notice, increase the number of directors subject to election at the meeting, such notice as to any additional nominees shall be due on the later of (i) the conclusion of the time period for Timely Notice, (ii) the date set forth in Section 2.5(b)(ii) or (iii) the tenth day following the date of public disclosure (as defined in Section 2.4) of such increase.

 

(c) To be in proper form for purposes of this Section 2.5, a stockholder’s notice to the Secretary of the Corporation shall set forth:

 

(i) As to each Nominating Person (as defined below), the Stockholder Information (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(i), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(i));

 

(ii) As to each Nominating Person, any Disclosable Interests (as defined in Section 2.4(c)(ii), except that for purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall be substituted for the term “Proposing Person” in all places it appears in Section 2.4(c)(ii) and the disclosure with respect to the business to be brought before the meeting in Section 2.4(c)(ii) shall be made with respect to the election of directors at the meeting); and

 

(iii) As to each candidate whom a Nominating Person proposes to nominate for election as a director, (A) all information with respect to such candidate for nomination that would be required to be set forth in a stockholder’s notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 if such candidate for nomination were a Nominating Person, (B) all information relating to such candidate for nomination that is required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors in a contested election pursuant to Section 14(a) under the Exchange Act (including such candidate’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (C) a description of any direct or indirect material interest in any material contract or agreement between or among any Nominating Person, on the one hand, and each candidate for nomination or his or her respective associates or any other participants in such solicitation, on the other hand, including, without limitation, all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 under Regulation S-K if such Nominating Person were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the candidate for nomination were a director or executive officer of such registrant and (D) a completed and signed questionnaire, representation and agreement as provided in Section 2.5(f).

 

For purposes of this Section 2.5, the term “Nominating Person” shall mean (i) the stockholder providing the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting, (ii) the beneficial owner or beneficial owners, if different, on whose behalf the notice of the nomination proposed to be made at the meeting is made, and (iii) any other participant in such solicitation.

 

6


 

(d) A stockholder providing notice of any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than five (5) business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any nomination or to submit any new nomination.

 

(e) In addition to the requirements of this Section 2.5 with respect to any nomination proposed to be made at a meeting, each Nominating Person shall comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act with respect to any such nominations.

 

(f) To be eligible to be a candidate for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual or special meeting, a candidate must be nominated in the manner prescribed in Section 2.5 and the candidate for nomination, whether nominated by the Board or by a stockholder of record, must have previously delivered (in accordance with the time period prescribed for delivery in a notice to such candidate given by or on behalf of the Board), to the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation, (i) a completed written questionnaire (in a form provided by the Corporation) with respect to the background, qualifications, stock ownership and independence of such proposed nominee and (ii) a written representation and agreement (in form provided by the Corporation) that such candidate for nomination (A) is not and, if elected as a director during his or her term of office, will not become a party to (1) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given and will not give any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) or (2) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (B) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation or reimbursement for service as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation and (C) if elected as a director of the Corporation, will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading and other policies and guidelines of the Corporation applicable to directors and in effect during such person’s term in office as a director (and, if requested by any candidate for nomination, the Secretary of the Corporation shall provide to such candidate for nomination all such policies and guidelines then in effect).

 

(g) The Board may also require any proposed candidate for nomination as a Director to furnish such other information as may reasonably be requested by the Board in writing prior to the meeting of stockholders at which such candidate’s nomination is to be acted upon in order for the Board to determine the eligibility of such candidate for nomination to be an independent director of the Corporation in accordance with the Corporation’s corporate governance guidelines.

 

7


 

(h) A candidate for nomination as a director shall further update and supplement the materials delivered pursuant to this Section 2.5, if necessary, so that the information provided or required to be provided pursuant to this Section 2.5 shall be true and correct as of the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof, and such update and supplement shall be delivered to, or mailed and received by, the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive offices of the Corporation (or any other office specified by the Corporation in any public announcement) not later than five (5) business days after the record date for stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of such record date), and not later than eight (8) business days prior to the date for the meeting or, if practicable, any adjournment or postponement thereof (and, if not practicable, on the first practicable date prior to the date to which the meeting has been adjourned or postponed) (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting or any adjournment or postponement thereof). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update and supplement as set forth in this paragraph or any other Section of these bylaws shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding nominees, matters, business or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders.

 

(i) No candidate shall be eligible for nomination as a director of the Corporation unless such candidate for nomination and the Nominating Person seeking to place such candidate’s name in nomination has complied with this Section 2.5. The presiding officer at the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that a nomination was not properly made in accordance with Section 2.5, and if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare such determination to the meeting, the defective nomination shall be disregarded and any ballots cast for the candidate in question (but in the case of any form of ballot listing other qualified nominees, only the ballots cast for the nominee in question) shall be void and of no force or effect.

 

(j) Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary, no candidate for nomination shall be eligible to be seated as a director of the Corporation unless nominated and elected in accordance with Section 2.5.

 

2.6 Notice of Stockholders’ Meetings.

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be sent or otherwise given in accordance with Section 8.1 not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. The notice shall specify the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.

 

2.7 Quorum.

 

Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at all meetings of the stockholders. A quorum, once established at a meeting, shall not be broken by the withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. If, however, a quorum is not present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, then either (i) the person presiding over the meeting or (ii) a majority in voting power of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person, or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall have power to recess the meeting or adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.8 until a quorum is present or represented. At any recessed or adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present or represented, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed.

 

8


 

2.8 Adjourned Meeting; Notice.

 

When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, unless these bylaws otherwise require, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken or are provided in any other manner permitted by the DGCL. At any adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote is fixed for the adjourned meeting, the Board shall fix as the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date so fixed for notice of such adjourned meeting.

 

2.9 Conduct of Business.

 

The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting by the person presiding over the meeting. The Board may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board, the person presiding over any meeting of stockholders shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures (which need not be in writing) and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such presiding person, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations or procedures, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (i) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (ii) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present (including, without limitation, rules and procedures for removal of disruptive persons from the meeting); (iii) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, their duly authorized and constituted proxies or such other persons as the person presiding over the meeting shall determine; (iv) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (v) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants. The presiding person at any meeting of stockholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting (including, without limitation, determinations with respect to the administration and/or interpretation of any of the rules, regulations or procedures of the meeting, whether adopted by the Board or prescribed by the person presiding over the meeting), shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that a matter of business was not properly brought before the meeting and if such presiding person should so determine, such presiding person shall so declare to the meeting and any such matter or business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted or considered. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board or the person presiding over the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

9


 

2.10 Voting.

 

Except as may be otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the DGCL, each stockholder shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each share of capital stock held by such stockholder.

 

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, at all duly called or convened meetings of stockholders at which a quorum is present, for the election of directors, a plurality of the votes cast shall be sufficient to elect a director. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, the rules or regulations of any stock exchange applicable to the Corporation, or applicable law or pursuant to any regulation applicable to the Corporation or its securities, each other matter presented to the stockholders at a duly called or convened meeting at which a quorum is present shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the votes cast (excluding abstentions and broker non-votes) on such matter.

 

2.11 Record Date for Stockholder Meetings and Other Purposes.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board, and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is first given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting; and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the Board may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

2.12 Proxies.

 

Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing or by a transmission permitted by law filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. The revocability of a proxy that states on its face that it is irrevocable shall be governed by the provisions of Section 212 of the DGCL. A proxy may be in the form of an electronic transmission which sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the transmission was authorized by the stockholder.

 

10


 

2.13 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote.

 

The Corporation shall prepare, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, that if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth (10th) day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. The Corporation shall not be required to include electronic mail addresses or other electronic contact information on such list. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the Corporation’s principal executive office. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. Such list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them. Except as otherwise provided by law, the stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the list of stockholders required by this Section 2.13 or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

2.14 Inspectors of Election.

 

Before any meeting of stockholders, the Corporation shall appoint an inspector or inspectors of election to act at the meeting or its adjournment and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If any person appointed as inspector or any alternate fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, then the person presiding over the meeting shall appoint a person to fill that vacancy.

 

Such inspectors shall:

 

(i) determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, the number of shares represented at the meeting and the validity of any proxies and ballots;

 

(ii) count all votes or ballots;

 

(iii) count and tabulate all votes;

 

(iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspector(s); and (v) certify its or their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and its or their count of all votes and ballots.

 

11


 

 

 

Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of the duties of inspector, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspection with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability. Any report or certificate made by the inspectors of election is prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein. The inspectors of election may appoint such persons to assist them in performing their duties as they determine.

 

2.15 Delivery to the Corporation.

 

Whenever this Article II requires one or more persons (including a record or beneficial owner of stock) to deliver a document or information to the Corporation or any officer, employee or agent thereof (including any notice, request, questionnaire, revocation, representation or other document or agreement), such document or information shall be in writing exclusively (and not in an electronic transmission) and shall be delivered exclusively by hand (including, without limitation, overnight courier service) or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and the Corporation shall not be required to accept delivery of any document not in such written form or so delivered. For the avoidance of doubt, the Corporation expressly opts out of Section 116 of the DGCL with respect to the delivery of information and documents to the Corporation required by this Article II.

 

Article III - Directors

 

3.1 Powers.

 

Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or the DGCL, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board.

 

3.2 Number of Directors.

 

Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the total number of directors constituting the Board shall be determined from time to time by resolution of the Board. No reduction of the authorized number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director before that director’s term of office expires.

 

3.3 Election, Qualification and Term of Office of Directors.

 

Except as provided in Section 3.4, and subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, each director, including a director elected to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship, shall hold office until the expiration of the term of the class, if any, for which elected and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal. Directors need not be stockholders or residents of the State of Delaware. The Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws may prescribe qualifications for directors.

 

3.4 Resignation and Vacancies.

 

Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Corporation. The resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or upon the happening of an event specified therein, and if no time or event is specified, at the time of its receipt. When one or more directors so resigns and the resignation is effective at a future date or upon the happening of an event to occur on a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office as provided in Section 3.3.

 

12


 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of any director, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be filled only by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

3.5 Place of Meetings; Meetings by Telephone.

 

The Board may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or outside the State of Delaware.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, members of the Board, or any committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or any committee, by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting pursuant to this bylaw shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

3.6 Regular Meetings.

 

Regular meetings of the Board may be held within or outside the State of Delaware and at such time and at such place as which has been designated by the Board and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board.

 

3.7 Special Meetings; Notice.

 

Special meetings of the Board for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the Secretary of the Corporation or a majority of the total number of directors constituting the Board.

 

Notice of the time and place of special meetings shall be:

 

(i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone;

 

(ii) sent by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid;

 

(iii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail; or

 

(iv) sent by other means of electronic transmission,

 

directed to each director at that director’s address, telephone number, facsimile number or electronic mail address, or other address for electronic transmission, as the case may be, as shown on the Corporation’s records.

 

13


 

If the notice is (i) delivered personally by hand, by courier or by telephone, (ii) sent by facsimile or electronic mail, or (iii) sent by other means of electronic transmission, it shall be delivered or sent at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time of the holding of the meeting. If the notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be deposited in the U.S. mail at least four (4) days before the time of the holding of the meeting. The notice need not specify the place of the meeting (if the meeting is to be held at the Corporation’s principal executive office) nor the purpose of the meeting.

 

3.8 Quorum.

 

At all meetings of the Board, unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, a majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws. If a quorum is not present at any meeting of the Board, then the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present.

 

3.9 Board Action without a Meeting.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission. After an action is taken, the consent or consents relating thereto shall be filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board, or the committee thereof, in the same paper or electronic form as the minutes are maintained. Such action by written consent or consent by electronic transmission shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board.

 

3.10 Fees and Compensation of Directors.

 

Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, the Board shall have the authority to fix the compensation, including fees and reimbursement of expenses, of directors for services to the Corporation in any capacity.

 

Article IV - Committees

 

4.1 Committees of Directors.

 

The Board may designate one (1) or more committees, each committee to consist, of one (1) or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one (1) or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent provided in the resolution of the Board or in these bylaws, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority to (i) approve or adopt, or recommend to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopt, amend or repeal any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

14


 

4.2 Committee Minutes.

 

Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

 

4.3 Meetings and Actions of Committees.

 

Meetings and actions of committees shall be governed by, and held and taken in accordance with, the provisions of:

 

(i) Section 3.5 (place of meetings; meetings by telephone);

 

(ii) Section 3.6 (regular meetings);

 

(iii) Section 3.7 (special meetings; notice);

 

(iv) Section 3.9 (board action without a meeting); and

 

(v) Section 7.14 (waiver of notice),

 

with such changes in the context of those bylaws as are necessary to substitute the committee and its members for the Board and its members; provided, however, that:

 

(i) the time of regular meetings of committees may be determined either by resolution of the Board or by resolution of the committee;

 

(ii) special meetings of committees may also be called by resolution of the Board or the chairperson of the applicable committee; and

 

(iii) the Board may adopt rules for the governance of any committee to override the provisions that would otherwise apply to the committee pursuant to this Section 4.3, provided that such rules do not violate the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law.

 

4.4 Subcommittees.

 

Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or the resolutions of the Board designating the committee, a committee may create one (1) or more subcommittees, each subcommittee to consist of one (1) or more members of the committee, and delegate to a subcommittee any or all of the powers and authority of the committee.

 

15


 

Article V - Officers

 

5.1 Officers.

 

The officers of the Corporation shall include a Chief Executive Officer, a President and a Secretary. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, a Chairperson of the Board, a Vice Chairperson of the Board, a Chief Financial Officer, a Chief Operating Officer, a Chief Technology Officer, a Treasurer, one (1) or more Vice Presidents, one (1) or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one (1) or more Assistant Treasurers, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries, and any such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of these bylaws. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a stockholder or director of the Corporation.

 

5.2 Appointment of Officers.

 

The Board shall appoint the officers of the Corporation, except such officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.3.

 

5.3 Subordinate Officers.

 

The Board may appoint, or empower the Chief Executive Officer or, in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer, the President, to appoint, such other officers and agents as the business of the Corporation may require. Each of such officers and agents shall hold office for such period, have such authority, and perform such duties as are provided in these bylaws or as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

5.4 Removal and Resignation of Officers.

 

Subject to the rights, if any, of an officer under any contract of employment, any officer may be removed, either with or without cause, by the Board or, except in the case of an officer chosen by the Board, by any officer upon whom such power of removal may be conferred by the Board.

 

Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of that notice or at any later time specified in that notice. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of resignation, the acceptance of the resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation is without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the Corporation under any contract to which the officer is a party.

 

5.5 Vacancies in Offices.

 

Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board or as provided in Section 5.2.

 

5.6 Representation of Shares of Other Corporations.

 

The Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, or the President of this Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of this Corporation all rights incident to any and all shares or voting securities of any other corporation or other person standing in the name of this Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.

 

16


 

5.7 Authority and Duties of Officers.

 

All officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be provided herein or designated from time to time by the Board and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board.

 

5.8 Compensation.

 

The compensation of the officers of the Corporation for their services as such shall be fixed from time to time by or at the direction of the Board. An officer of the Corporation shall not be prevented from receiving compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a director of the Corporation.

 

Article VI - Records

 

A stock ledger consisting of one or more records in which the names of all of the Corporation’s stockholders of record, the address and number of shares registered in the name of each such stockholder, and all issuances and transfers of stock of the Corporation are recorded in accordance with Section 224 of the DGCL shall be administered by or on behalf of the Corporation. Any records administered by or on behalf of the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account, and minute books, may be kept on, or by means of, or be in the form of, any information storage device, or method, or one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time and, with respect to the stock ledger, that the records so kept (i) can be used to prepare the list of stockholders specified in Sections 219 and 220 of the DGCL, (ii) record the information specified in Sections 156, 159, 217(a) and 218 of the DGCL, and (iii) record transfers of stock as governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted in the State of Delaware.

 

Article VII - General Matters

 

7.1 Execution of Corporate Contracts and Instruments.

 

The Board, except as otherwise provided in these bylaws, may authorize any officer or officers, or agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation; such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

 

7.2 Stock Certificates.

 

The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Certificates for the shares of stock, if any, shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock represented by a certificate shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, any two officers authorized to sign stock certificates representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. The Chairperson or Vice Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation shall be specifically authorized to sign stock certificates. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate has ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

17


 

The Corporation may issue the whole or any part of its shares as partly paid and subject to call for the remainder of the consideration to be paid therefor. Upon the face or back of each stock certificate issued to represent any such partly paid shares, or upon the books and records of the Corporation in the case of uncertificated partly paid shares, the total amount of the consideration to be paid therefor and the amount paid thereon shall be stated. Upon the declaration of any dividend on fully paid shares, the Corporation shall declare a dividend upon partly paid shares of the same class, but only upon the basis of the percentage of the consideration actually paid thereon.

 

7.3 Special Designation of Certificates.

 

If the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, then the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or on the back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of uncertificated shares, set forth in a notice provided pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL); provided, however, that except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the DGCL, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face of back of the certificate that the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock (or, in the case of any uncertificated shares, included in the aforementioned notice) a statement that the Corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, the designations, the preferences and the relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

7.4 Lost Certificates.

 

Except as provided in this Section 7.4, no new certificates for shares shall be issued to replace a previously issued certificate unless the latter is surrendered to the Corporation and cancelled at the same time. The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock or uncertificated shares in the place of any certificate theretofore issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

7.5 Shares Without Certificates

 

The Corporation may adopt a system of issuance, recordation and transfer of its shares of stock by electronic or other means not involving the issuance of certificates, provided the use of such system by the Corporation is permitted in accordance with applicable law.

 

18


 

7.6 Construction; Definitions.

 

Unless the context requires otherwise, the general provisions, rules of construction and definitions in the DGCL shall govern the construction of these bylaws. Without limiting the generality of this provision, the singular number includes the plural and the plural number includes the singular.

 

7.7 Dividends.

 

The Board, subject to any restrictions contained in either (i) the DGCL or (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation, may declare and pay dividends upon the shares of its capital stock. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

The Board may set apart out of any of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends a reserve or reserves for any proper purpose and may abolish any such reserve. Such purposes shall include but not be limited to equalizing dividends, repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, and meeting contingencies.

 

7.8 Fiscal Year.

 

The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board and may be changed by the Board.

 

7.9 Seal.

 

The Corporation may adopt a corporate seal, which shall be adopted and which may be altered by the Board. The Corporation may use the corporate seal by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced.

 

7.10 Transfer of Stock.

 

Shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Shares of stock of the Corporation shall be transferred on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the Corporation of the certificate or certificates representing such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons (or by delivery of duly executed instructions with respect to uncertificated shares), with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement or execution, transfer, authorization and other matters as the Corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing the names of the persons from and to whom it was transferred.

 

7.11 Stock Transfer Agreements.

 

The Corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes or series of stock of the Corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the Corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

19


 

7.12 Registered Stockholders.

 

The Corporation:

 

(i) shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends and to vote as such owner; and

 

(ii) shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of another person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

7.13 Waiver of Notice.

 

Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders need be specified in any written waiver of notice or any waiver by electronic transmission unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws.

 

Article VIII - Notice

 

8.1 Delivery of Notice; Notice by Electronic Transmission.

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provisions of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws may be given in writing directed to the stockholder’s mailing address (or by electronic transmission directed to the stockholder’s electronic mail address, as applicable) as it appears on the records of the Corporation and shall be given (1) if mailed, when the notice is deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, (2) if delivered by courier service, the earlier of when the notice is received or left at such stockholder’s address or (3) if given by electronic mail, when directed to such stockholder’s electronic mail address unless the stockholder has notified the Corporation in writing or by electronic transmission of an objection to receiving notice by electronic mail. A notice by electronic mail must include a prominent legend that the communication is an important notice regarding the Corporation.

 

Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice or electronic transmission to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, the Corporation may give a notice by electronic mail in accordance with the first paragraph of this section without obtaining the consent required by this paragraph.

 

20


 

Any notice given pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall be deemed given:

 

(i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice;

 

(ii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of (A) such posting and (B) the giving of such separate notice; and

 

(iii) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a notice may not be given by an electronic transmission from and after the time that (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by such electronic transmission two (2) consecutive notices given by the Corporation and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to discover such inability shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Article IX - Indemnification

 

9.1 Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any director or officer of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “Proceeding”) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or, while serving as a director or officer of the Corporation, is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership (a “covered person”), joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.4, the Corporation shall be required to indemnify a person in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such person only if the Proceeding was authorized in the specific case by the Board.

 

9.2 Indemnification of Others.

 

The Corporation shall have the power to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, as it presently exists or may hereafter be amended, any employee or agent of the Corporation who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any such Proceeding.

 

21


 

9.3 Prepayment of Expenses.

 

In addition to the obligation to indemnify conferred in Section 9.1, the Corporation shall to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by any covered person, and may pay the expenses incurred by any employee or agent of the Corporation, in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that such payment of expenses in advance of the final disposition of the Proceeding shall be made only upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the person is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article IX- or otherwise.

 

9.4 Determination; Claim.

 

If a claim for indemnification (following the final disposition of such Proceeding) under this Article IX- is not paid in full within sixty (60) days, or a claim for advancement of expenses under this Article IX- is not paid in full within thirty (30) days, after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation the covered person may thereafter (but not before) file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim to the fullest extent permitted by law. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.

 

9.5 Non-Exclusivity of Rights.

 

The rights conferred on any person by this Article IX- shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

9.6 Insurance.

 

The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust enterprise or non-profit entity against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify him or her against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.

 

9.7 Other Indemnification.

 

The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or advance expenses to any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit entity shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or non-profit enterprise.

 

9.8 Continuation of Indemnification.

 

The rights to indemnification and to prepayment of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article IX- shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributees of such person.

 

22


 

9.9 Amendment or Repeal; Interpretation.

 

The provisions of this Article IX- shall constitute a contract between the Corporation, on the one hand, and, on the other hand, each individual who serves or has served as a director or officer of the Corporation (whether before or after the adoption of these bylaws), in consideration of such person’s performance of such services, and pursuant to this Article IX- the Corporation intends to be legally bound to each such current or former director or officer of the Corporation. With respect to current and former directors and officers of the Corporation, the rights conferred under this Article IX- are present contractual rights and such rights are fully vested, and shall be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon adoption of theses bylaws. With respect to any directors or officers of the Corporation who commence service following adoption of these bylaws, the rights conferred under this provision shall be present contractual rights and such rights shall fully vest, and be deemed to have vested fully, immediately upon such director or officer commencing service as a director or officer of the Corporation. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article IX- shall not adversely affect any right or protection (i) hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification or (ii) under any agreement providing for indemnification or advancement of expenses to an officer or director of the Corporation in effect prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

 

Any reference to an officer of the Corporation in this Article IX- shall be deemed to refer exclusively to the Chief Executive Officer, the President and the Secretary of the Corporation, or other officer of the Corporation appointed by (x) the Board pursuant to Article V- or (y) an officer to whom the Board has delegated the power to appoint officers pursuant to Article V-, and any reference to an officer of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be deemed to refer exclusively to an officer appointed by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such other entity pursuant to the certificate of incorporation and bylaws (or equivalent organizational documents) of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise. The fact that any person who is or was an employee of the Corporation or an employee of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise has been given or has used the title of “Vice President” or any other title that could be construed to suggest or imply that such person is or may be an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not result in such person being constituted as, or being deemed to be, an officer of the Corporation or of such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for purposes of this Article IX-.

 

Article X - Amendments

 

The Board is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation. The stockholders also shall have power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such action by stockholders shall require, in addition to any other vote required by the Certificate of Incorporation or applicable law, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of voting stock of the Corporation with the power to vote generally in an election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

23


 

Article XI - Definitions

 

As used in these bylaws, unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

An “electronic transmission” means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, including the use of, or participation in, one or more electronic networks or databases (including one or more distributed electronic networks or databases), that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.

 

An “electronic mail” means an electronic transmission directed to a unique electronic mail address (which electronic mail shall be deemed to include any files attached thereto and any information hyperlinked to a website if such electronic mail includes the contact information of an officer or agent of the Corporation who is available to assist with accessing such files and information).

 

An “electronic mail address” means a destination, commonly expressed as a string of characters, consisting of a unique user name or mailbox (commonly referred to as the “local part” of the address) and a reference to an internet domain (commonly referred to as the “domain part” of the address), whether or not displayed, to which electronic mail can be sent or delivered.

 

The term “person” means any individual, general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability company, corporation, trust, business trust, joint stock company, joint venture, unincorporated association, cooperative or association or any other legal entity or organization of whatever nature, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity.

 

24


 

Montana Technologies Corporation

 

Certificate of Amendment and Restatement of Bylaws

 

 

 

The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the duly elected, qualified, and acting Secretary of Montana Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), and that the attached bylaws are a true and correct copy of the bylaws of the Corporation in effect as of the date of this certificate.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto set his hand this 14th day of March, 2024.

 

  /s/ Matthew Jore
  Name:  Matthew Jore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

EX-10.1 4 ea020216001ex10-1_montana.htm AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MARCH 14, 2024, BY AND AMONG MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION AND THE HOLDERS PARTY THERETO

Exhibit 10.1

 

Execution Version

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

BY AND AMONG

 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION,

 

THE SPONSOR HOLDERS SIGNATORY HERETO

 

AND

 

THE LEGACY MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES HOLDERS SIGNATORY HERETO

 

DATED MARCH 14, 2024

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT, dated as of March 14, 2024 (this “Agreement”), is made and entered into by and among Montana Technologies Corporation (formerly known as Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), each equityholder designated as a Sponsor Holder on Schedule A hereto (each, a “Sponsor Holder” and collectively, the “Sponsor Holders”), and each equityholder designated as a Legacy Montana Technologies Holder on Schedule B hereto (each a “Legacy Montana Technologies Holder” and, collectively, the “Legacy Montana Technologies Holders” and, together with Sponsor Holders, the “Holders”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company, XPDB Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub”), and Montana Technologies LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Legacy Montana Technologies”), are party to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 5, 2023 (the “Merger Agreement”), pursuant to which, on the date hereof, Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Montana Technologies (the “Merger”), with Legacy Montana Technologies surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company;

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Merger Agreement and in connection with the consummation of the Merger, the Legacy Montana Technologies Holders received shares of Common Stock (as defined herein) (the “Merger Shares”);

 

WHEREAS, immediately following the consummation of the Merger, the Sponsor Holders held an aggregate of 7,097,500 shares of Class A Common Stock (as defined herein) (the “Sponsor Shares”) and 11,125,000 private placement warrants to purchase shares of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share (the “Sponsor Warrants”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Sponsor Holders are parties to that certain Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated as of December 9, 2021 (the “Prior Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 6.8 of the Prior Agreement, the provisions, covenants and conditions set forth in the Prior Agreement may be amended or modified upon the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority in interest of the registrable securities under the Prior Agreement at the time in question and the Sponsors Holders are holders in the aggregate of at least a majority in interest of such registrable securities as of the date hereof; and

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the consummation of the Merger, the parties to the Prior Agreement desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein, and the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement pursuant to which the Company shall grant the Holders certain registration rights with respect to the Registrable Securities (as defined below) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

2


 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual premises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged,

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person shall mean any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by, or under common control with, such specified Person. The term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

 

“Blackout Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(ii).

 

“Block Trade” shall mean an offering and/or sale of Registrable Securities by any Holder on a block trade or underwritten basis (whether firm commitment or otherwise) without substantial marketing efforts prior to pricing, including, without limitation, a same day trade, overnight trade or similar transaction and without a lock-up agreement of more than forty-five (45) days to which the Company is a party (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any lock-up or clear market covenant contained in the underwriting agreement for such transaction).

 

“Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day except Saturday, Sunday or any days on which banks are generally not open for business in New York, New York.

 

“Commission” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

“Class A Common Stock” shall mean the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

“Class B Common Stock” shall mean the Company’s Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

“Common Stock” shall mean, collectively, the Class A Common Stock and the Class B Common Stock.

 

“Company” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

 

“Demanding Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv).

 

“Earnout Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the Merger Agreement.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (or any corresponding provision of succeeding law) and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

3


 

“FINRA” shall mean the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

“Holder” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

 

“Legacy Montana Technologies” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

“Legacy Montana Technologies Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

 

“Legal Dispute” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(j).

 

“Liabilities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a)(i).

 

“Maximum Threshold” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(v).

 

“Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

“Merger Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

“Merger Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

“Merger Sub” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

 

“Minimum Takedown Threshold” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv).

 

“Misstatement” means an untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact required to be stated in a Registration Statement or Prospectus or necessary to make the statements in a Registration Statement or Prospectus (in the case of a Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

“Non-Holder Securities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(v).

 

“Other Coordinated Offering” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c)(i).

 

“Person” shall mean any individual, partnership, joint venture, corporation, trust, limited liability company, unincorporated organization or other entity or any governmental entity.

 

“Piggyback Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(b)(i).

 

“Prior Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

“Prospectus” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Registration Statement (including without limitation, any prospectus subject to completion and a prospectus that includes any information previously omitted from a prospectus filed as part of an effective registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A promulgated under the Securities Act and any term sheet filed pursuant to Rule 434 under the Securities Act), as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement with respect to the terms of the offering of any portion of Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement and by all other amendments and supplements to the prospectus, including post-effective amendments and all material incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such prospectus or prospectuses.

 

4


 

“Registrable Securities” shall mean (a) the Sponsor Shares, (b) the Sponsor Warrants (including any shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of the Sponsor Warrants), (c) any outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Warrants held by a Holder immediately following the consummation of the Merger (including the Class A Common Stock constituting a portion of the Merger Shares), (d) shares of Earnout Stock (in each case, upon issuance thereof), (e) any shares of Class A Common Stock that may be acquired by Holders upon the exercise of a Warrant or other right to acquire Class A Common Stock (including upon the conversion of Class B Common Stock in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of the Company) held by a Holder as of the date of this Agreement, (f) any shares of Class A Common Stock, Warrants (including any shares of Class A Common Stock issued or issuable upon the exercise of any such Warrant) or other right to acquire Class A Common Stock (including upon the conversion of Class B Common Stock in accordance with the certificate of incorporation of the Company) otherwise acquired or owned by a Holder following the date hereof to the extent that such securities are “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144) or are otherwise held by an “affiliate” (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, and (g) any other equity security of the Company or any of its subsidiaries issued or issuable with respect to any securities referenced in clauses (a) through (f) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, reorganization or similar transaction; provided, however, that such Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities with respect to any Holder upon the earliest to occur of (x) when such Registrable Securities shall have been sold, transferred, disposed of or exchanged by such Holder in a transaction effected in accordance with, or exempt from, the registration requirements of the Securities Act, (y) the date on which such Registrable Securities can be sold by such Holder in accordance with Rule 144 without volume limitations or current public information reporting requirements and (z) the date on which such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.

 

“Registration” shall mean a registration, including any related Underwritten Shelf Takedown, effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement, Prospectus or similar document in compliance with the requirements of the Securities Act, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and such registration statement becoming effective.

 

“Registration Statement” means any registration statement of the Company filed with the Commission under the Securities Act which covers any Registrable Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, including the Prospectus, amendments and supplements to such Registration Statement, including post-effective amendments, all exhibits and all materials incorporated by reference or deemed to be incorporated by reference in such Registration Statement.

 

“Sale Expenses” shall mean (a) the fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants for the Company incurred in connection with the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including the expenses of any special audits or “comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance, and any premiums and other costs of policies of insurance obtained by the Company against Liabilities arising out of the sale of any securities, (b) all filing and stock exchange fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including any legal investment memoranda related thereto), all fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents and registrars, all printing and producing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, (c) expenses relating to any analyst or Holder presentations or any “road shows” undertaken in connection with the marketing or selling of Registrable Securities, (d) fees and expenses in connection with any review by FINRA of the underwriting arrangements or other terms of the offering, and all fees and expenses of any “qualified independent underwriter,” and (e) costs of any selling agreements and other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Registrable Securities; provided, however, that “Sale Expenses” shall not include any out-of-pocket expenses of any Holder (other than as set forth in clause (b) above), transfer taxes, underwriting or brokerage commissions or discounts associated with effecting any sales of Registrable Securities that may be offered, which expenses shall be borne by such Holder.

 

“Securities Act” Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(i).

 

“Shelf Takedown Limit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv).

 

“Sponsor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(c).

 

5


 

“Sponsor Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereof.

 

“Sponsor Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

“Sponsor Warrants” shall have the meaning set forth in the Recitals hereof.

 

“Subsequent Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(ii).

 

“Suspension Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(e)(i).

 

“Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

 

“Underwritten Offering” shall mean a sale of securities of the Company to an underwriter or underwriters for reoffering to the public.

 

“Underwritten Shelf Takedown” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(iv).

 

“Warrants” shall mean warrants of the Company that entitle the holder to Common Stock (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Sponsor Warrants).

 

“Withdrawal Notice” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(vi).

 

2. REGISTERED OFFERINGS

 

(a) Registration Rights.

 

(i) Shelf Registration. Subject to Section 3(c), the Company agrees to file within thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement, a shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1, or such other form under the Securities Act then available to the Company, providing for the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two (2) business days prior to such filing) pursuant to Rule 415, from time to time (a “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable after the filing thereof. The Shelf Registration Statement shall provide for the resale from time to time, and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available (including, without limitation, an Underwritten Offering, a direct sale to purchasers or a sale through brokers or agents) to the Holders of any and all Registrable Securities. Following the filing of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to convert the Shelf Registration Statement on Form S-1 (and any Subsequent Shelf Registration) to a Registration Statement on Form S-3 as soon as practicable after the Company is eligible to use Form S-3.

 

6


 

(ii) Subsequent Shelf Registration. If any Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective under the Securities Act for any reason at any time while Registrable Securities are still outstanding, the Company shall, subject to Section 2(e), use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable cause such Shelf Registration Statement to again become effective under the Securities Act (including obtaining the prompt withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement), and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to as promptly as is reasonably practicable amend such Shelf Registration Statement in a manner reasonably expected to result in the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or file an additional registration statement as a Shelf Registration Statement (a “Subsequent Shelf Registration”) registering the resale of all Registrable Securities (determined as of two business days prior to such filing), and pursuant to any method or combination of methods legally available to, and requested by, any Holder named therein. If a Subsequent Shelf Registration is filed, the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to (i) cause such Subsequent Shelf Registration to become effective under the Securities Act as promptly as is reasonably practicable after the filing thereof (it being agreed that the Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be an automatic shelf registration statement (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) if the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) at the most recent applicable eligibility determination date) and (ii) keep such Subsequent Shelf Registration continuously effective, available for use and in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act until such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities. Any such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on Form S-3 to the extent that the Company is eligible to use such form. Otherwise, such Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be on another appropriate form.

 

(iii) Additional Registrable Securities. In the event that any Holder holds Registrable Securities that are not registered for resale on a delayed or continuous basis, the Company, upon request of a Holder that holds at least five percent (5.0%) of the Registrable Securities, shall promptly use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the resale of such Registrable Securities to be covered by either, at the Company’s option, the Shelf Registration Statement (including by means of a post-effective amendment) or a Subsequent Shelf Registration and cause the same to become effective as soon as practicable after such filing and such Shelf Registration Statement or Subsequent Shelf Registration shall be subject to the terms hereof; provided, however, that the Company shall only be required to cause such Registrable Securities to be so covered twice per calendar year.

 

7


 

(iv) Requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns. At any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf Registration Statement is on file with the Commission, any one or more Holders (any of the Holders being, in such case, a “Demanding Holder”) may request to sell all or any portion of its Registrable Securities in an Underwritten Offering that is registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (each, an “Underwritten Shelf Takedown”); provided in each case that the Company shall only be obligated to effect an Underwritten Offering if such offering shall include Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the Demanding Holder(s) with a total offering price reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $25.0 million (the “Minimum Takedown Threshold”). All requests for Underwritten Shelf Takedowns shall be made by giving written notice to the Company, which shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Promptly (but in any event within ten (10) days) after receipt of a request for Underwritten Shelf Takedown, the Company shall give written notice of the Underwritten Shelf Takedown to all other Holders. The Company shall have the right to select the underwriters for such offering (which shall consist of one or more reputable nationally recognized investment banks), subject to the initial Demanding Holder’s prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The Holders may collectively demand no more than two (2) Underwritten Shelf Takedowns pursuant to this Section 2(a)(iv) in any 12-month period (the “Shelf Takedown Limit”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company may effect any Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to any then effective Registration Statement, including a Form S-3, that is then available for such offering.

 

(v) Reduction of Underwritten Shelf Takedown. If, in connection with an Underwritten Offering that is effectuated for the account of stockholders of the Company, including pursuant to Section 2(a)(iv), in which Registrable Securities are included, the managing underwriters of such Underwritten Offering advise the Company in writing that, in their opinion and in consultation with the Company, the number of shares of Common Stock, including any Registrable Securities, requested to be included in such Underwritten Offering exceeds the number that can be sold in such Underwritten Offering and/or that the number of Registrable Securities proposed to be included in any such Underwritten Offering would adversely affect the price per share of the Company’s equity securities to be sold in such Underwritten Offering (such maximum number of securities or Registrable Securities, as applicable, the “Maximum Threshold”), then the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be allocated among the Holders and holders of Non-Holder Securities as follows: (A) first, the shares comprised of Registrable Securities, pro rata, based on the amount of such Common Stock initially requested to be included by the Holders or as such Holders may otherwise agree, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the shares of Common Stock of a Holder of the Company’s securities other than Registrable Securities (“Non-Holder Securities”) that either (1) the Company is obligated to include pursuant to written contractual rights entered into prior to or on the date hereof or (2) such other contractual rights governing the applicable Non-Holder Securities, pro rata, based on the amount of such Common Stock initially requested to be included by the holders of Non-Holder Securities or as such holders of Non-Holder Securities may otherwise agree, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), Non-Holder Securities that the Company is obligated to include pursuant to written contractual rights entered into after the date hereof that do not comply with clause (B)(2) above, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (D) fourth, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A), (B) and (C), the shares of Common Stock or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

8


 

(vi) Withdrawal. Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such Underwritten Shelf Takedown, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall have the right to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification (a “Withdrawal Notice”) to the Company and the underwriter or underwriters (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that any Holder may elect to have the Company continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown if the Minimum Takedown Threshold would still be satisfied by the Registrable Securities proposed to be sold in the Underwritten Shelf Takedown by the Holders. If withdrawn, a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown for purposes of Section 2(a)(iv), unless the Holder reimburses the Company for all Sale Expenses with respect to such Underwritten Shelf Takedown; provided that, if a Holder elects to continue an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, such Underwritten Shelf Takedown shall instead count as an Underwritten Shelf Takedown demanded by the Holders for purposes of Section 2(a)(iv). Following the receipt of any Withdrawal Notice, the Company shall promptly forward such Withdrawal Notice to any other Holders that had elected to participate in such Underwritten Shelf Takedown. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Company shall be responsible for the Sale Expenses incurred in connection with a Underwritten Shelf Takedown prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2(a)(vi), other than if a Demanding Holder elects to pay such Sale Expenses pursuant to the second sentence of this Section 2(a)(vi).

 

(b) Piggyback Rights.

 

(i) Right to Piggyback. If the Company or any Holder proposes to conduct a registered offering of, or if the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to the Registration of, equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into equity securities, for its own account or for the account of stockholders of the Company (or by the Company and by the stockholders of the Company including, without limitation, an Underwritten Shelf Takedown pursuant to Section 2(a)(iv)), other than a Registration Statement (or any registered offering with respect thereto) (i) filed in connection with any employee stock option or other benefit plan, (ii) pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 (or similar form that relates to a transaction subject to Rule 145 under the Securities Act or any successor rule thereto), (iii) for an offering of debt that is convertible into equity securities of the Company, (iv) for a dividend reinvestment plan or (v) for a rights offering, then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed offering to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but not less than ten (10) days before the anticipated filing date of such Registration Statement or, in the case of an Underwritten Offering pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used for marketing such offering, which notice shall (A) describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, in such offering, and (B) offer to all of the Holders of Registrable Securities the opportunity to include in such registered offering such number of Registrable Securities as such Holders may request in writing within five (5) days after receipt of such written notice (such Registration, a “Piggyback Registration”). Subject to Section 2(b)(ii), the Company shall cause such Registrable Securities to be included in such Piggyback Registration and, if applicable, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of such Piggyback Registration to permit the Registrable Securities requested by the Holders pursuant to this Section 2(b)(i) to be included therein on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included in such Registration and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The inclusion of any Holder’s Registrable Securities in a Piggyback Registration shall be subject to such Holder’s agreement to enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such Underwritten Offering by the Company.

 

9


 

(ii) Reduction of Offering. If the managing underwriter or underwriters in an Underwritten Offering that is to be a Piggyback Registration advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities participating in the Piggyback Registration in writing that the dollar amount or number of shares of Common Stock or other equity securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with (i) the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been demanded pursuant to separate written contractual arrangements with persons or entities other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, (ii) the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to Section 2(b), and (iii) the shares of Common Stock or other equity securities, if any, as to which Registration or a registered offering has been requested pursuant to separate written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, exceeds the Maximum Threshold, then:

 

(A) If the Registration or registered offering is initiated by the Company primarily for its own account, the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be allocated as follows: (A) first, the shares of Common Stock or other securities to be sold by the Company; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Registrable Securities of Holders exercising their rights to register their Registrable Securities hereunder; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), Non-Holder Securities that the Company is obligated to include pursuant to separate written contractual rights that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold;

 

(B) If the Registration or registered offering is initiated for the account of stockholders of the Company other than the Holders of Registrable Securities, the number of shares of Common Stock to be included in such Underwritten Offering shall be allocated as follows: (A) first, the shares comprised of Registrable Securities and the Non-Holder Securities that either (1) the Company is obligated to include pursuant to written contractual rights entered into prior to or on the date hereof or (2) such other contractual rights governing the applicable Non-Holder Securities provide that the Holder’s participation rights in such offering are pari passu with respect to registration cutbacks in the same fashion as set forth in this clause (A), pro rata, based on the amount of such Common Stock initially requested to be included by the Holders or holders of Non-Holder Securities or as such Holder or holders of Non-Holder Securities may otherwise agree, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), Non-Holder Securities that the Company is obligated to include pursuant to written contractual rights entered into after the date hereof that do not comply with clause (A)(2) above, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the shares of Common Stock or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (C) If the Registration or registered offering is pursuant to a request by Holder(s) of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 2(a)(iv), then the Company shall include in any such Registration or registered offering securities pursuant to Section 2(a)(v).

 

10


 

 

(iii) Withdrawal. Any Holder of Registrable Securities (other than a Demanding Holder, whose right to withdrawal from an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, and related obligations, shall be governed by Section 2(a)(vi)) shall have the right to withdraw from a Piggyback Registration for any or no reason whatsoever upon written notification to the Company and the underwriter or underwriters (if any) of his, her or its intention to withdraw from such Piggyback Registration prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Piggyback Registration or, in the case of a Piggyback Registration pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement, the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement with respect to such Piggyback Registration used for marketing such transaction. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a request for withdrawal by persons pursuant to separate written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement filed with the Commission in connection with a Piggyback Registration (which, in no circumstance, shall include the Shelf Registration Statement) at any time prior to the effectiveness of such Registration Statement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement (other than Section 2(a)(vi)), the Company shall be responsible for the Sale Expenses incurred in connection with the Piggyback Registration prior to its withdrawal under this Section 2(b)(iii).

 

(iv) Unlimited Piggyback Registration Rights. For purposes of clarity, subject to Section 2(a)(vi), any Piggyback Registration effected pursuant to Section 2(b) shall not be counted as a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown under Section 2(a)(iv).

 

(c) Block Trades; Other Coordinated Offerings.

 

(i) Block Trades. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time and from time to time when an effective Shelf Registration Statement is on file with the Commission, if a Demanding Holder wishes to engage in (A) a Block Trade or (B) an “at the market” or similar registered offering through a broker, sales agent or distribution agent, whether as agent or principal (an “Other Coordinated Offering”), in each case with a total offering price reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, either (x) $25.0 million or (y) all remaining Registrable Securities held by the Demanding Holder, then notwithstanding the time periods provided for in Section 2(a)(iv), such Demanding Holder shall notify the Company of the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering at least five (5) business days prior to the day such offering is to commence and the Company shall as expeditiously as possible use its commercially reasonable efforts to facilitate such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering; provided that the Demanding Holders representing a majority of the Registrable Securities wishing to engage in the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall use commercially reasonable efforts to work with the Company and any underwriters or placement agents or sales agents prior to making such request in order to facilitate preparation of the registration statement, prospectus and other offering documentation related to the Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering; provided further that in the case of such underwritten Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering, only such Holder shall have a right to notice of and to participate in such offering.

 

11


 

(ii) Withdrawal. Prior to the filing of the applicable “red herring” prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering, a majority-in-interest of the Demanding Holders initiating such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall have the right to submit a Withdrawal Notice to the Company and the underwriter or underwriters or placement agents or sales agents (if any) of their intention to withdraw from such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering. If withdrawn, a demand for a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering shall constitute a demand for an Underwritten Shelf Takedown, unless the Holder reimburses the Company for all Sale Expenses with respect to such Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering.

 

(iii) Cap on Block Trades and Other Coordinated Offerings. Any Registration effected pursuant to this Section 2(c) shall be deemed an Underwritten Shelf Takedown and counted towards the Shelf Takedown Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Section 2(b) shall not apply to a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering initiated by a Demanding Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(d) Continued Effectiveness. The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Registration Statement continuously effective for the period beginning on the date on which such Registration Statement is declared effective and ending on the date that all of Registrable Securities registered under the Registration Statement cease to be Registrable Securities. During the period that such Registration Statement is effective, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to supplement or make amendments to the Registration Statement, if required by the Securities Act or if reasonably requested by Holder (whether or not required by the form on which the securities are being registered), including to reflect any specific plan of distribution or method of sale, and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have such supplements and amendments declared effective, if required, as soon as practicable after filing.

 

(e) Suspension Period; Blackout Period.

 

(i) Misstatement. Upon receipt of written notice from the Company that a Registration Statement or Prospectus contains a Misstatement, each of the Holders shall forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities until it has received copies of a supplemented or amended Prospectus correcting the Misstatement (it being understood that the Company hereby covenants to prepare and file such supplement or amendment as soon as practicable after the time of such notice), or until it is advised in writing by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed (any such period, a “Suspension Period”).

 

12


 

(ii) Other Suspension. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Board determines in good faith that any use of a Registration Statement or Prospectus hereunder involving Registrable Securities would (i) reasonably be expected to, in the good faith judgment of the majority of the Board, after consultation with counsel to the Company, materially impede, delay or interfere with, or require premature disclosure of, any material financing, offering, acquisition, disposition, merger, corporate reorganization, segment reclassification or discontinuance of operations that is required to be reflected in pro forma or restated financial statements that amends historical financial statements of the Company, or other significant transaction or any negotiations, discussions or pending proposals with respect thereto, involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (ii) require the inclusion in such Registration Statement of financial statements that are unavailable to the Company for reasons beyond the Company’s control; or (iii) require, after consultation with counsel to the Company, the disclosure of material non-public information, the disclosure of which would (x) not be required to be made if a Registration Statement were not being used and (y) reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Company, then the Company shall be entitled to suspend, for not more than sixty (60) consecutive days (any such period, a “Blackout Period”), but in no event (A) more than three (3) times in any consecutive twelve (12) month period (which periods may be successive) and (B) for more than an aggregate of one hundred twenty (120) days in any rolling twelve (12) month period, commencing on the date of this Agreement, the use of any Registration Statement or Prospectus and shall not be required to amend or supplement the Registration Statement, any related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference. The Company promptly will give written notice of any such Blackout Period to the Holders.

 

(f) Sale Expenses. All Sale Expenses of any Holder incurred in connection with Section 2 and Section 3 shall be borne by the Company. It is acknowledged by the Holders that the Holders shall bear all incremental selling expenses relating to the sale of Registrable Securities, such as underwriters’ or agents’ commissions and discounts, brokerage fees, underwriter marketing costs and, other than as set forth in the definition of “Sale Expenses,” all reasonable fees and expenses of any legal counsel representing the Holders.

 

(g) Market Stand-Off. In connection with any Underwritten Offering of equity securities of the Company (other than a Block Trade or Other Coordinated Offering), each Holder that holds greater than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Common Stock that is given an opportunity to participate in the Underwritten Offering pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and participates in such Underwritten Offering and each Holder that is an executive officer or director of the Company agrees that it shall not transfer any shares of Common Stock or other equity securities of the Company (other than those included in such offering pursuant to this Agreement), without the prior written consent of the Company, during the 90-day period beginning on the date of pricing of such offering or such shorter period during which the Company agrees not to conduct an underwritten primary offering of Common Stock, except in the event the underwriters managing the offering otherwise agree by written consent. Each Holder that holds greater than five percent (5%) of the outstanding Common Stock and participates in such Underwritten Offering or is an executive officer or director of the Company agrees to execute a customary lock-up agreement in favor of the underwriters to such effect (in each case on substantially the same terms and conditions as all such Holders).

 

13


 

3. PROCEDURES

 

(a) In connection with the filing of any Registration Statement or sale of Registrable Securities as provided in this Agreement, the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable:

 

(i) notify promptly the Holders and, if requested by a Holder, confirm such advice in writing promptly at the address determined in accordance with Section 6(d), (A) of the issuance by the Commission or any state securities authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (B) if, between the effective date of a Registration Statement and the closing of any sale of Registrable Securities covered thereby, the representations and warranties of the Company contained in any underwriting agreement, securities sales agreement or other similar agreement, if any, relating to the offering cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (C) of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts during the period a Registration Statement is effective as a result of which such Registration Statement or any document incorporated by reference therein contains any Misstatement or alleged Misstatement (which information shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Registration Statement and the prospectus until the requisite changes have been made), (D) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose and (E) of the filing of a post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement;

 

(ii) furnish each Holder’s legal counsel, if any, copies of any comment letters relating to such Holder received from the Commission or any other request by the Commission or any state securities authority for amendments or supplements to a Registration Statement and prospectus or for additional information relating to such Holder;

 

(iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement as promptly as practicable;

 

(iv) upon the occurrence of any event or the discovery of any facts, as contemplated by Section 3(a)(i)(C), as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of such an event, use its commercially reasonable efforts to prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or the related prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Registrable Securities, such prospectus will not contain at the time of such delivery any Misstatement or alleged Misstatement. At such time as such public disclosure is otherwise made or the Company determines that such disclosure is not necessary, in each case to correct any Misstatement, the Company agrees promptly to notify the Holders of such determination and to furnish any Holder such number of copies of the prospectus as amended or supplemented, as such Holder may reasonably request; (v) enter into agreements in customary form (including underwriting agreements) and take all other reasonable and customary appropriate actions in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities regardless of whether an underwriting agreement is entered into and regardless of whether the registration is an underwritten registration, including:

 

14


 

 

(A) for an Underwritten Offering, making such representations and warranties to the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar Underwritten Offerings as may be reasonably requested by them;

 

(B) for an Underwritten Offering, obtaining opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions (in form, scope and substance) shall be reasonably satisfactory to any managing underwriter(s) and their counsel) addressed to the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in Underwritten Offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by the underwriter(s);

 

(C) for an Underwritten Offering, obtaining “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm (and, if necessary, any other independent certified public accountants of any subsidiary of the Company or of any business acquired by the Company for which financial statements are, or are required to be, included in the Registration Statement) addressed to the underwriter(s), such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with similar Underwritten Offerings;

 

(D) entering into a securities sales agreement with the Holder(s) and an agent of Holder(s) providing for, among other things, the appointment of such agent for the Holder(s) for the purpose of soliciting purchases of Registrable Securities, which agreement shall be in form, substance and scope customary for similar offerings;

 

(E) if an underwriting agreement is entered into, using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the same to set forth indemnification provisions and procedures substantially similar to the indemnification provisions and procedures set forth in Section 4 with respect to the underwriters or, at the request of any underwriters, in the form customarily provided to underwriters in similar types of transactions; and

 

(F) delivering such documents and certificates as may be reasonably requested and as are customarily delivered in similar offerings to the managing underwriters, if any;

 

 

15


 

(vi) make available for inspection by any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to a Registration Statement, the Holders’ legal counsel and any accountant retained by a Holder, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties or assets of the Company reasonably requested by any such Persons (excluding all trade secrets and other proprietary or privileged information) to the extent required for the offering, and cause the respective officers, directors, employees, and any other agents of the Company to supply all information reasonably requested by any such representative, underwriter, counsel or accountant in connection with a Registration Statement, and make such representatives of the Company available for discussion of such documents as shall be reasonably requested by the Company; provided, however, that the Holders’ legal counsel, if any, and the representatives of any underwriters will use commercially reasonable efforts, to the extent reasonably practicable, to coordinate the foregoing inspection and information gathering and to not unreasonably disrupt the Company’s business operations; (vii) a reasonable time prior to filing any Registration Statement, any prospectus forming a part thereof, any amendment to such Registration Statement, or amendment or supplement to such prospectus, provide copies of such document to the underwriter(s) of an Underwritten Offering of Registrable Securities; within five (5) Business Days after the filing of any Registration Statement, provide copies of such Registration Statement to any Holder’s legal counsel upon request; consider in good faith making any changes requested and make such changes in any of the foregoing documents as are legally required prior to the filing thereof, or in the case of changes received from any Holder’s legal counsel by filing an amendment or supplement thereto, as the underwriter or underwriters, or in the case of changes received from a Holder’s legal counsel relating to such Holder or the plan of distribution of Registrable Securities, as such Holder’s legal counsel reasonably requests prior to the effectiveness of the applicable Registration Statement; not file any such document in a form to which any underwriter shall not have previously been advised and furnished a copy of; not include in any amendment or supplement to such documents any information about any Holders or any change to the plan of distribution of Registrable Securities that would limit the method of distribution of Registrable Securities unless such Holder’s legal counsel has been advised in advance and has approved such information or change (it being understood that any Holder that determines not to approve the inclusion of such change or information that has been specifically requested by the Commission will not have its Registrable Securities included in such Registration Statement and the Company shall not be in breach of this Agreement as a result of such exclusion); and reasonably during normal business hours make the representatives of the Company available for discussion of such document as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders’ legal counsel, if any, on behalf of a Holder, Holder’s legal counsel or any underwriter;

 

(viii) otherwise use commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make available to its securityholders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the Registration Statement, which shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 thereunder;

 

(ix) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter and its counsel (including any “qualified independent underwriter” that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA); (x) if Registrable Securities are to be sold in an Underwritten Offering, include in the registration statement to be used all such information as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters for the marketing and sale of such Registrable Securities; and

 

16


 

 

(xi) in connection with an Underwritten Offering, use its reasonable efforts to cause the appropriate officers of the Company to (A) prepare and make presentations at any “road shows” and before analysts and (B) cooperate as reasonably requested by the underwriters in the offering, marketing or selling of Registrable Securities.

 

(b) Each Holder agrees that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event or the discovery of any facts of the type described in Section 3(a)(i), each Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to a Registration Statement relating to such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(a)(i), and, if so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies in such Holder’s possession, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

(c) The Company may (as a condition to any Holder’s participation in an Underwritten Offering or Holder’s inclusion in a Registration Statement) require each Holder to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the proposed distribution by the Holder as the Company may from time to time reasonably request in writing.

 

4. INDEMNIFICATION

 

(a) Indemnification by The Company. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each Holder, and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) a Holder, as follows:

 

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment, actions, other liabilities and expenses whatsoever (the “Liabilities”), as incurred, arising out of any Misstatement contained in any Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto) pursuant to which Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act at the time such Registration Statement became effective, including all documents incorporated therein by reference;

 

(ii) against any and all Liabilities, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

 

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by any indemnified party), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under Section 4(a)(i) or Section 4(a)(ii); provided, however, that the indemnity obligations in this Section 4(a) shall not apply to any Liabilities (A) to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Holder with the understanding that such information will be used in a Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or (B) to the extent they arise from the use of any Registration Statement during any Suspension Period or Blackout Period.

 

17


 

(b) Indemnification by the Holders. The Holders agree, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents and any person controlling the Company, against any and all Liabilities described in the indemnity contained in Section 4(a), as incurred, but only with respect to Misstatements or alleged Misstatements made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or any prospectus included therein (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information with respect to such Holder furnished to the Company by such Holder with the understanding that such information will be used in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or such prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, however, that Holder shall be liable for any claims hereunder in excess of the amount of net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such Registration Statement.

 

(c) Notices of Claims, etc. Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure so to notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any Liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any Liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 4 (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all Liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

18


 

(d) Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any Liabilities referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such Liabilities incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such Liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any Misstatement or alleged Misstatements relates to information supplied by the Company or a Holder and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and each Holder agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 4. The aggregate amount of Liabilities incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 4 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 4, each Person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

5.   TERMINATION. The rights of the Holders under this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in any event, upon the date that each such party holds no Registrable Securities (the “Termination Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations of the parties under Section 4 of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect following such time.

 

6. MISCELLANEOUS

 

(a) Covenants Relating To Rule 144. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration statement, if the Shares of the Company are registered under the Exchange Act, the Company agrees to: (A) file with the SEC all reports and other documents required of the Company under Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and (B) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, upon request, (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to a registration statement (at any time after it so qualifies) and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested by any Holder in order to avail itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

(b) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company has not entered into, and the Company will not after the date of this Agreement enter into, any agreement which is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

19


 

(c) Amendment; Modification; Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified or supplemented at any time only by written agreement of the Company and the Holders owning a majority in voting power of the Registrable Securities; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment hereto or waiver hereof shall also require the written consent of XPDI Sponsor II LLC (the “Sponsor”) for so long as the Sponsor holds at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company. The conditions to the respective obligations of each of the parties to this Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are for the sole benefit of such party and may be waived by such party in whole or in part to the extent permitted by applicable law; provided, however, that any such waiver shall only be effective if made in writing and executed by the party against whom the waiver is to be effective. No failure or delay by any party to this Agreement in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder or under applicable law shall operate as a waiver of such rights and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, no single or partial exercise thereof shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

(d) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered in person or, by e-mail (return receipt requested), (b) on the next Business Day when sent by overnight courier or (c) on the second succeeding Business Day when sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective parties to this Agreement at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party to this Agreement as shall be specified by like notice):

 

If to a Holder, to the most current address given by such Holder to the Company by means of a notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(d).

 

If to the Company to:

 

Montana Technologies Corporation

34361 Innovation Drive

Ronan, MT 59864

Attention: Matt Jore

E-mail: matt.jore@mt.energy

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Latham & Watkins LLP

811 Main Street, Suite 3700

Houston, Texas 77002

Attention: Ryan J. Maierson
    John M. Greer
  E-mail: ryan.maierson@lw.com
    john.greer@lw.com

 

20


 

All such notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications shall be deemed received upon (i) actual receipt thereof by the addressee, or (ii) actual delivery thereof to the appropriate address.

 

(e) Binding Agreement; Assignment. This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Other than with respect to registration rights provided hereunder which may be assigned by a Holder to its Affiliates, no party to this Agreement may assign its rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempted or purported assignment or delegation in violation of this Section 6(e) shall be null and void.

 

(f) Specific Performance. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge that the rights of each party hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are unique and recognize and affirm that in the event of a breach of this Agreement by any party hereto, money damages may be inadequate and the non-breaching party may have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, the parties to this Agreement agree that such non-breaching party shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in their favor at law or in equity, to enforce its rights and the other parties’ obligations hereunder not only by an action or actions for damages but also by an action or actions for specific performance, injunctive and/or other equitable relief (without posting of bond or other security), including any order, injunction or decree sought by such non-breaching party to cause the other parties hereto to perform their respective agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement. Each party to this Agreement further agrees that the only permitted objection that it may raise in response to any action for equitable relief is that it contests the existence of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, and that no party to this Agreement shall allege, and each party to this Agreement hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

(g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by e-mail shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of the Agreement.

 

(h) Headings. The article and section headings contained in this Agreement are exclusively for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the parties to this Agreement and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(i) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof) as to all matters, including matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

 

21


 

(j) Consent to Jurisdiction, etc.; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably agrees that any action, suit or proceeding between or among the parties to this Agreement arising in connection with any disagreement, dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any related document (each, a “Legal Dispute”) shall be brought exclusively in the courts of the State of Delaware; provided that if subject matter jurisdiction over the Legal Dispute is vested exclusively in the United States federal courts, such Legal Dispute shall be heard in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware. Each party to this Agreement hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts (and of the appropriate appellate courts therefrom) in any such suit, action or proceeding and irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court or that any such suit, action or proceeding that is brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. During the period a Legal Dispute that is filed in accordance with this Section 6(j) is pending before a court, all actions, suits or proceedings with respect to such Legal Dispute or any other Legal Dispute, including any counterclaim, cross-claim or interpleader, shall be subject to the exclusive jurisdiction of such court. Each party to this Agreement may bring such Legal Dispute only if he, she or it hereby waives, and shall not assert as a defense in any Legal Dispute, that (a) such party is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts for any reason, (b) such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in such court, (c) such party’s property is exempt or immune from execution, (d) such action, suit or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (e) the venue of such action, suit or proceeding is improper. A final judgment in any action, suit or proceeding described in this Section 6(j) following the expiration of any period permitted for appeal and subject to any stay during appeal shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by applicable laws. EACH OF THE PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY BRING A LEGAL DISPUTE ONLY IF HE, SHE OR IT IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY ON ANY CLAIMS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ASSERTED IN ANY LEGAL DISPUTE RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM RELATING THERETO. IF THE SUBJECT MATTER OF ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE IS ONE IN WHICH THE WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL IS PROHIBITED, NO PARTY NOR ANY PERSON ASSERTING RIGHTS AS A THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY SHALL ASSERT IN SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE A NONCOMPULSORY COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. FURTHERMORE, NO PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE WITH A SEPARATE ACTION OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE WAIVED.

 

(k) Severability. If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party to this Agreement. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties to this Agreement shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

22


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Matthew Jore
  Name: Matthew Jore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  XPDI SPONSOR II LLC
     
  By: /s/ Patrick C. Eilers
  Name: Patrick C. Eilers
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  THE OBSIDIAN MASTER FUND
   
  By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
its Investment Advisor
     
  By: /s/ Christopher Biasotti
  Name: Christopher Biasotti
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  HC NCBR FUND
   
  By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
in its capacity as investment advisor
     
  By: /s/ Christopher Biasotti
  Name: Christopher Biasotti
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  BLACKROCK CREDIT ALPHA MASTER FUND L.P.
   
  By: BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.
in its capacity as investment advisor
     
  By: /s/ Christopher Biasotti
  Name: Christopher Biasotti
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  By: /s/ Jeff Gutke
  Name: Jeff Gutke
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  By: /s/ Matthew Jore
  Name: Matthew Jore
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  By: /s/ Maxwell Baucus
  Name: Maxwell Baucus
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  By: /s/ Marwa Zaatari
  Name: Dr. Marwa Zaatari
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  By: /s/ Patrick C. Eilers
  Name: Patrick C. Eilers
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  By: /s/ Paul Dabbar
  Name:  Paul Dabbar
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  By: /s/ Stuart Porter
  Name:  Stuart Porter
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  By: /s/ Robert Tishman
  Name:  Robert Tishman
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  THREE CURVE CAPITAL LP
     
  By:

/s/ Stuart Porter

  Name: 

Stuart Porter

  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  EASTERN HOLDINGS, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Mark A. Lester
  Name:  Mark A. Lester
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  GE VENTURES LLC
     
  By: /s/ Robert Duffy
  Name:  Robert Duffy
  Title: President

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  SHALENNIAL FUND II, L.P.
     
  By: Shalennial GP II, L.P., its general partner
By: Rice Investment Group UGP, LLC, its general partner
     
  By: /s/ Kyle Derham
  Name:  Kyle Derham
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  TEP MONTANA LLC
     
  By: Transition Equity Partners, LLC

Its: Managing Member

     
  By: /s/ Patrick C. Eilers
  Name:  Patrick C. Eilers
  Title: Founder & Managing Partner

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  HOB21 LLC
     
  By: /s/ Wayne Hoovestol
  Name:  Wayne Hoovestol
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  XMS MT HOLDINGS LLC
     
  By: /s/ John F. Spence
  Name:  John F. Spence
  Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  THE DAVID M. BUTLER REVOCABLE TRUST
  (David M. Butler, Trustee)
     
  By: /s/ David M. Butler
  Name:  David M. Butler
  Title: Authorized Person

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

  THE CARRIER CORPORATION
     
  By: /s/ Ajay Agrawal
  Name: Ajay Agrawal
  Title: SVP, Global Services, Business
    Development & Chief Strategy
    Officer

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 


 

Schedule A

 

Sponsor Holders

 

XPDI Sponsor II LLC

The Obsidian Master Fund

HC NCBR Fund

Blackrock Credit Alpha Master Fund L.P.

 


 

Schedule B

 

Legacy Montana Technologies Holders

 

Jeff Gutke

Matthew Jore

Maxwell Baucus

Dr. Marwa Zaatari

Patrick C. Eilers

Paul Dabbar

Stuart Porter

Robert Tishman

Three Curve Capital LP

Eastern Holdings, LLC

GE Ventures LLC

Shalennial Fund II, L.P.

TEP Montana LLC

HOB21 LLC

XMS MT Holdings LLC

The David M. Butler Revocable Trust

The Carrier Corporation

 

 

 

 

 

EX-10.2 5 ea020216001ex10-2_montana.htm FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.2 

 

Final Form

 

FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT1

 

__________, 2023

 

Montana Technologies Corporation
34361 Innovation Drive

Ronan, Montana 59864

 

Re: Lock-Up Agreement

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter agreement (this “Letter Agreement”) is being delivered to Montana Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp.) (the “Company”), in accordance with that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 5, 2023 (the “Merger Agreement” and the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Transactions”), by and among the Company, XPDB Merger Sub, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), and Montana Technologies LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Legacy Montana Technologies”), pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Montana Technologies, with Legacy Montana Technologies surviving such merger as a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Company. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Letter Agreement shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Merger Agreement.

 

For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned (the “Securityholder”) hereby agrees with the Company as follows.

 

Subject to the exceptions set forth herein, each Securityholder agrees not to, without the prior written consent of the Company, (i) sell, offer to sell, contract or agree to sell, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, or agree to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position within the meaning of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder, any shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Class A Common Stock”) or Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Class B Common Stock” and, together with Class A Common Stock, “Common Stock”) received by it pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, any shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options and/or warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock received by it pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock held by it immediately after the closing of the Transactions (collectively, the “Securities”), (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of any of such Securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities, in cash or otherwise or (iii) publicly announce any intention to effect or take any action in furtherance of any transaction specified in clause (i) or (ii) during the Lock-Up Period (as defined below) (the actions specified in clauses (i)-(iii), collectively, a “Transfer”), in each case, until [six months after the Closing (the “Lock-Up Period”)]2 // [(i) with respect to the private placement warrants (as defined in the final prospectus dated December 9, 2021 relating to the Company’s initial public offering) to purchase Class A Common Stock, thirty calendar days after the Closing and (ii) with respect to all other Securities, six months after the Closing (the “Lock-Up Period”)]3; provided, however, that the Company may not consent to the Transfer by a Securityholder of Securities representing more than 1% of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock without the prior written consent of the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

 

1 Note to Draft: The Lock-Up Agreement will be executed by (i) Company Stockholders who own more than 5% of the Company’s voting stock at Closing (other than investors in the Common Equity Raise and the Convertible Capital Raise, except as described in prong (iii) of this footnote), (ii) XPDI II Sponsor, (iii) direct and indirect investors in XPDI II Sponsor that acquire shares in the Common Equity Capital Raise or the Convertible Capital Raise, and (iv) the former independent directors of the Company prior to Closing.
2 Note to Draft: Applicable to all signatories except for XPDI II Sponsor.
3 Note to Draft: Applicable to XPDI II Sponsor only

 

 


 

The restrictions set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph shall not apply to:

 

(i) in the case of an entity, Transfers to or distributions to any direct or indirect stockholder, partner, member or affiliate of such entity (or to any executive officer or director of such entity or of such entity’s affiliates) or to any investment fund or other entity controlling, controlled by, managing or managed by or under common control or management with such entity or affiliates of such entity (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where the undersigned is a partnership, to its general partner or a successor partnership or fund, or any other funds managed by or under common management as such partnership);

 

(ii) in the case of an individual, Transfers (x) by gift to members of the individual’s immediate family (as defined below) or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of one of the individual’s immediate family, (y) to an affiliate of such person or (z) to a charitable organization;

 

(iii) in the case of an individual, Transfers by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual;

 

(iv) in the case of an individual, Transfers by operation of law or pursuant to a court order, such as a qualified domestic relations order or divorce decree or settlement;

 

(v) in the case of an individual, Transfers to a partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which the individual and/or the individual’s immediate family are the legal and beneficial owner of all of the outstanding equity securities or similar interests;

 

(vi) in the case of an entity, Transfers by virtue of the laws of the state or jurisdiction of the entity’s organization and the entity’s organizational documents upon dissolution of the entity;

 

(vii) transactions relating to Common Stock or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock acquired in open market transactions after the Closing; provided that no such transaction is required to be, or is, publicly announced (whether on Form 4, Form 5 or otherwise, other than a required filing on Schedule 13F, 13G or 13G/A) during the Lock-Up Period;

 

(viii) the exercise of any options or warrants to purchase Common Stock or the vesting of stock awards relating to shares of Common Stock and any related Transfer of shares of Common Stock in connection with such exercise or vesting (which exercises may be effected on a cashless basis to the extent the instruments representing such options or warrants permit exercises on a cashless basis);

 

(ix) Transfers to satisfy any U.S. federal, state or local income tax obligations of a Securityholder (or its direct or indirect owners) arising from such Securityholder’s ownership of the Securities, in each case solely and to the extent necessary to cover any tax liability as a direct result of such ownership of the Securities or otherwise resulting from the Transactions;

 

2


 

(x) the establishment of a trading plan that meets the requirements of Rule 10b5-1(c) under the Exchange Act (a “Trading Plan”); provided, however, that (a) no sales of Securities shall be made by the Securityholder pursuant to such Trading Plan during the Lock-Up Period, and (b)(x) no public announcement or filing shall be made voluntarily regarding such Trading Plan during the Lock-Up Period or (y) if any public announcement is required of or voluntarily made by or on behalf of the Securityholder or the Company regarding such Trading Plan, then such announcement or filing shall include a statement to the effect that no Transfer may be made under such Trading Plan during the Lock-Up Period;

 

(xi) transactions in the event of completion of a liquidation, merger, consolidation, stock exchange, reorganization, tender offer or other similar transaction which results in all of the Company’s Securityholders having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash, securities or other property; and

 

(xii) in connection with the creation of any charge, lien, mortgage, pledge or other security interest or posting as collateral of any of the Securityholder’s Securities in connection with a bona fide loan transaction; provided that prior to entering into the collateral agreement or similar agreement in connection with the loan transaction, each pledgee shall execute and deliver to the Company a lock-up agreement in substantially the form of this Letter Agreement to take effect in the event that the pledgee takes possession of the Securityholder’s Securities as a result of a foreclosure, margin call or similar disposition;

 

provided, however, that in the case of clauses (i) through (vi), any transferee must enter into a written agreement, in substantially the form of this Letter Agreement (it being understood that any references to “immediate family” in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the applicable Securityholder and not to the immediate family of the transferee), agreeing to be bound by these Transfer restrictions. For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family” shall mean a spouse, domestic partner, child, grandchild or other lineal descendant (including by adoption), father, mother, brother or sister of the Securityholder; and “affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

The Securityholder hereby represents and warrants that such Securityholder has full power and authority to enter into this Letter Agreement and that this Letter Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Securityholder, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Upon request, the Securityholder will execute any additional documents necessary in connection with enforcement hereof. Any obligations of the Securityholder shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Securityholder from and after the date hereof.

 

This Letter Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they relate in any way to the subject matter hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby (including, to the extent applicable, Sections 5(b) and 5(c) of that certain Letter Agreement, dated December 14, 2021, among the Company, Sponsor and certain other Persons party thereto). This Letter Agreement may not be changed, amended, modified or waived (other than to correct a typographical error or error immaterial to the Company) as to any particular provision.

 

3


 

No party hereto may assign either this Letter Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other parties. Any purported assignment in violation of this paragraph shall be void and ineffectual and shall not operate to transfer or assign any interest or title to the purported assignee. This Letter Agreement shall be binding on each Securityholder and each of its successors, heirs and assigns and permitted transferees. This Letter Agreement is intended for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and is not for the benefit of, nor may any provision hereof be enforced by, any other person.

 

This Letter Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to conflicts of law principles that would result in the application of the substantive laws of another jurisdiction. The parties hereto (i) all agree that any action, proceeding, claim or dispute arising out of, or relating in any way to, this Letter Agreement shall be brought and enforced in any Delaware Chancery Court, and irrevocably submit to such jurisdiction and venue, which jurisdiction and venue shall be exclusive and (ii) waive any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and venue or that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER MAY BRING A LEGAL DISPUTE ONLY IF HE, SHE OR IT IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY ON ANY CLAIMS OR COUNTERCLAIMS ASSERTED IN ANY LEGAL DISPUTE RELATING TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM RELATING THERETO. IF THE SUBJECT MATTER OF ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE IS ONE IN WHICH THE WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL IS PROHIBITED, NO PARTY SHALL ASSERT IN SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE A NONCOMPULSORY COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS LETTER AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. FURTHERMORE, NO PARTY SHALL SEEK TO CONSOLIDATE ANY SUCH LEGAL DISPUTE WITH A SEPARATE ACTION OR OTHER LEGAL PROCEEDING IN WHICH A JURY TRIAL CANNOT BE WAIVED.

 

This Letter Agreement may be delivered via electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com or www.echosign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

If any term or other provision of this Letter Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of Law or public policy, all other terms, conditions and provisions of this Letter Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Letter Agreement are not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party hereto. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Letter Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties hereto as closely as possible in a mutually acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated by this Letter Agreement be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

This Letter Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the earlier of (i) the expiration of the Lock-Up Period, (ii) the closing of a liquidation, merger, stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction after the Closing that results in all of the public stockholders of the Company having the right to exchange their shares of Common Stock for cash securities or other property or (iii) the liquidation of the Company.

 

The parties hereto acknowledge that the rights of each party hereto to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are unique and recognize and affirm that in the event of a breach of this Letter Agreement by any party hereto, money damages may be inadequate and the non-breaching parties may have no adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree that such non-breaching parties shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in their favor at law or in equity, to enforce their rights and the other party’s obligations hereunder not only by an action or actions for damages but also by an action or actions for specific performance, injunctive and/or other equitable relief (without posting of bond or other security), including any order, injunction or decree sought by any such non-breaching party to cause another party to perform its respective agreements and covenants contained in this Letter Agreement. Each party hereto further agrees that the only permitted objection that it may raise in response to any action for equitable relief is that it contests the existence of a breach or threatened breach of this Letter Agreement, and that no party hereto shall allege, and each party hereto hereby waives the defense, that there is an adequate remedy at law.

 

The liability of any Securityholder hereunder is several (and not joint). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Letter Agreement, in no event will any Securityholder be liable for any other Securityholder’s breach of such other Securityholder’s obligations under this Letter Agreement.

 

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

4


 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  (Name of Securityholder – Please Print)
   
   
  (Signature)
   
   
 

(Name of Signatory if Securityholder is an entity

– Please Print)

   
   
 

(Title of Signatory if Securityholder is an entity

– Please Print)

   
  Address:       
     
     

 

[Signature Page to Lock-Up Agreement]

 

 

 

 

EX-10.3 6 ea020216001ex10-3_montana.htm FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

EXHIBIT 10.3

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCEMENT AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification and Advancement Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of March [●], 2024 by and between Montana Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and _____________, a [member of the Board of Directors/an officer] of the Company (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering indemnification and advancement of expenses.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) believes that highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve publicly-held corporations as directors, officers, or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification and advancement of expenses against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The Company’s Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and its directors, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification and advancement of expenses;

 

WHEREAS, the uncertainties relating to such insurance, to indemnification, and to advancement of expenses may increase the difficulty of attracting and retaining such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

 

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

 

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, as well as any rights of Indemnitee under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, and is not a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, and available insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as [a/an] [officer/director] without adequate additional protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity.

 

 


 

Indemnitee is willing to serve, continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that Indemnitee be so indemnified and be advanced expenses.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as [a/an] [director/officer] of the Company. Indemnitee may, at any time and for any reason, resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation, including any fiduciary duty, imposed by operation of law). This Agreement does not create any obligation on the Company to continue Indemnitee in such position and is not an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise (as defined below)) and Indemnitee.

 

Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

 

(a) “Agent” means any person who is authorized by the Company or an Enterprise to act for or represent the interests of the Company or an Enterprise, respectively.

 

(b) A “Change in Control” occurs upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

 

i. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative beneficial ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

 

ii. Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv) of this Agreement) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; iii.

 

-2-


 

Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of such surviving entity;

 

iv. Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

 

v. Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

vi. For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms have the following meanings:

 

1 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

 

2 “Person” has the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person excludes (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any entity owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

 

3 “Beneficial Owner” has the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner excludes any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

 

(c) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was acting as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or Agent of the Company or an Enterprise.

 

(d) “Disinterested Director” means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

 

-3-


 

(e) “Enterprise” means any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other entity for which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, or Agent.

 

(f) “Expenses” includes all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and other costs of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements, obligations, or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, and (ii) for purposes of Section 14(d) of this Agreement only, Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. Expenses, however, do not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(g) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” does not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel.

 

(h) The term “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, legislative, regulatory, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise arising out of (i) Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (ii) any action taken by Indemnitee (or a failure to take action by Indemnitee) or (iii) any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting pursuant to Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. A Proceeding also includes a situation the Indemnitee believes in good faith may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding.

 

-4-


 

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 3, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company will indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor. Pursuant to this Section 4, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company. The Company will not indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses under this Section 4 related to any claim, issue, or matter in a Proceeding for which Indemnitee has been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought determines upon application by Indemnitee that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

 

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding to the extent that Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues, or matters in such Proceeding, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue, or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, will be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue, or matter.

 

Section 6. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party but to which Indemnitee is a witness, deponent, interviewee, or otherwise asked to participate or provide information.

 

Section 7. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

-5-


 

Section 8. Additional Indemnification. Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5 of this Agreement, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law (including but not limited to, the DGCL and any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that expand the Company’s ability to indemnify its officers, directors, employees or agents) if Indemnitee is a party to, or threatened to be made a party to, any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor).

 

Section 9. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement, the Company is not obligated under this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding:

 

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision, except to the extent provided in Section 16(b) of this Agreement and except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision;

 

(b) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b)) or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act; or

 

(c) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification or advancement, of Expenses, including a Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated pursuant to Section 14 of this Agreement, (ii) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation or (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law.

 

-6-


 

Section 10. Advances of Expenses.

 

(a) The Company will advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with:

 

i. any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) not initiated by Indemnitee; or

 

ii. any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee if (A) the Proceeding or part of any Proceeding is to enforce Indemnitee’s rights to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company or Enterprise, including a proceeding initiated pursuant to Section 14, or (B) the Board authorized the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation.

 

(b) The Company will advance the Expenses within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding eligible for advancement of expenses.

 

(c) Advances will be unsecured and interest free. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay any amounts so advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company, thus Indemnitee qualifies for advances upon the execution of this Agreement and delivery to the Company. No other form of undertaking is required other than the execution of this Agreement. The Company will make advances without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

Section 11. Procedure for Notification of Claim for Indemnification or Advancement.

 

(a) Indemnitee will notify the Company in writing of any Proceeding with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of notice thereof. Indemnitee will include in the written notification to the Company a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding and provide such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. Indemnitee’s failure to notify the Company will not relieve the Company from any obligation it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company will not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement to the extent such delay does not adversely impact the Company. The Secretary of the Company will, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification or advancement, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification or advancement.

 

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

 

-7-


 

Section 12. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

 

(a) Unless a Change of Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made:

 

i. by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

 

ii. by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board;

 

iii. if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by the Board; or

 

iv. if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company.

 

(b) If a Change in Control has occurred, the determination of Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification will be made by written opinion provided by Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee requests such selection be made by the Board)

 

(c) The party selecting Independent Counsel pursuant to subsection (a)(iii) or (b) of this Section 12 will provide written notice of the selection to the other party. The notified party may, within ten (10) days after receiving written notice of the selection of Independent Counsel, deliver to the selecting party a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection will set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected will act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within thirty (30) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) and the final disposition of the Proceeding, Independent Counsel has not been selected or, if selected, any objection to such selection has not been resolved, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court designates. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel will be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

 

(d) Indemnitee will cooperate with the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information that is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and that is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. The Company will, subject to applicable law, advance and pay any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making the indemnification determination irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing of the determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied and providing a copy of any written opinion provided to the Board by Independent Counsel.

 

-8-


 

(e) If, subject to applicable law, it is determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will make payment to Indemnitee within thirty (30) days after such determination.

 

Section 13. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

 

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person, persons or entity making such determination will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(b) If the determination of the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification has not been made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement within sixty (60) days after the later of (i) receipt by the Company of Indemnitee’s request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) of this Agreement and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding for which Indemnitee requested Indemnification (the “Determination Period”), the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification will, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee will be entitled to such indemnification, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law. The Determination Period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, the Determination Period will not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a)(iv) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel.

 

-9-


 

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, will not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(d) For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee acted based on (i) the records or books of account of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise, including financial statements, (ii) information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise in the course of their duties, (iii) the advice of legal counsel for the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise, or (iv) information or records given or reports made to the Company or an Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, financial advisor or other expert selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries, or an Enterprise. Further, Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company,” as referred to in this Agreement if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan. The provisions of this Section 13(d) are not exclusive and do not limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other person affiliated with the Company or an Enterprise (including, but not limited to, a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee) may not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement.

 

Section 14. Remedies of Indemnitee.

 

(a) Indemnitee may commence litigation against the Company in the Delaware Court to obtain indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) the Company does not advance Expenses pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) the determination of entitlement to indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement within the Determination Period, (iv) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 5 or 6 or the second to last sentence of Section 12(d) of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) the Company does not indemnify Indemnitee pursuant to Section 3, 4, 7, or 8 of this Agreement within thirty (30) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) in the event that the Company or any other person takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or Proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, the Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder. Alternatively, Indemnitee or the Company, at each such party’s respective option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee or the Company, as applicable, must commence such Proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such Proceeding pursuant to this Section 14(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause does not apply in respect of a Proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company will not oppose, and Indemnitee will not oppose the Company’s right, Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

 

-10-


 

(b) If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 will be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial or arbitration on the merits and Indemnitee may not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 the Company will have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and will not introduce evidence of the determination made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement.

 

(c) If a determination is made pursuant to Section 12 of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company will be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent (i) a misstatement by Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with Indemnitee’s request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(d) The Company is, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and will stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e) It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, will (within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance to Indemnitee such Expenses which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding concerning this Agreement, Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company, or concerning any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, and will indemnify Indemnitee against any and all such Expenses unless the court determines that each of Indemnitee’s claims in such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous or are prohibited by law.

 

Section 15. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

 

(a) The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement are not mutually exclusive, and together or separately are not exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of the Board, or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement may not be limited or restricted by any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement in any way with respect to any action taken or omitted by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status occurring prior to any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy is cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

-11-


 

(b) The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated. The relationship between the Company and such other Persons, other than an Enterprise, with respect to the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification, advancement of Expenses, and insurance is described by this subsection, subject to the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section 15 with respect to a Proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Enterprise.

 

i. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees:

 

1) the Company’s obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of any other Persons, other than an Enterprise, are secondary (i.e., the Company is the indemnitor of first resort) with respect to any request for indemnification or advancement of Expenses made pursuant to this Agreement concerning any Proceeding;

 

2) the Company is primarily liable for all indemnification or advancement of Expenses obligations for any Proceeding, whether created by law, the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, contract (including this Agreement) or otherwise;

 

3) any obligation of any other Persons with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated to indemnify Indemnitee and/or advance Expenses to Indemnitee in respect of any proceeding are secondary to the Company’s obligations;

 

4) the Company will indemnify Indemnitee and advance Expenses to Indemnitee hereunder to the fullest extent provided herein without regard to any rights Indemnitee may have against any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated, or an insurer of any such Person; and

 

ii. the Company irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases (A) any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated from any claim of contribution, subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration or indemnification, or any other recovery of any kind in respect of amounts paid by the Company to Indemnitee pursuant to this Agreement and (B) any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against any Person, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Person, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

 

-12-


 

iii. In the event any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers advances or extinguishes any liability or loss for Indemnitee, the payor has a right of subrogation against the Company or its insurers for all amounts so paid which would otherwise be payable by the Company or its insurers under this Agreement. In no event will payment by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated or their insurers affect the obligations of the Company hereunder or shift primary liability for the Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses to any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated.

 

iv. Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses provided by any other Person with whom or which Indemnitee may be associated is specifically in excess over the Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses or any valid and collectible insurance (including but not limited to any malpractice insurance or professional errors and omissions insurance) provided by the Company.

 

(c) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company, the Company will obtain a policy or policies covering Indemnitee to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies, including coverage in the event the Company does not or cannot, for any reason, indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee as required by this Agreement. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to this Agreement, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company will give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company will thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies. Indemnitee agrees to assist the Company’s efforts to cause the insurers to pay such amounts and will comply with the terms of such policies, including selection of approved panel counsel, if required.

 

(d) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee for any Proceeding concerning Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with an Enterprise will be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such Enterprise. The Company and Indemnitee intend that any such Enterprise (and its insurers) be the indemnitor of first resort with respect to indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise. The Company’s obligation to indemnify and advance Expenses to Indemnitee is secondary to the obligations the Enterprise or its insurers owe to Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to take all reasonably necessary and desirable action to obtain from an Enterprise indemnification and advancement of Expenses for any Proceeding related to or arising from Indemnitee’s Corporate Status with such Enterprise.

 

-13-


 

(e) In the event of any payment made by the Company under this Agreement, the Company will be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee from any Enterprise or its insurance carrier. Indemnitee will execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

Section 16. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement continues until and terminates upon the later of: (a) six (6) years after the date that Indemnitee ceases to have a Corporate Status or (b) one (1) year after the final termination of any Proceeding then pending in respect of which Indemnitee is granted rights of indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder and of any Proceeding commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14 relating thereto. The indemnification and advancement of Expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement (i) are binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), (ii) continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and (iii) inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives.

 

Section 17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and will remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions will be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) will be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

Section 18. Interpretation. Any ambiguity in the terms of this Agreement will be resolved in favor of Indemnitee and in a manner to provide the maximum indemnification and advancement of Expenses permitted by law. The Company and Indemnitee intend that this Agreement provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification and advancement of Expenses in excess of that expressly provided, without limitation, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of the Company stockholders or disinterested directors, or applicable law.

 

Section 19. Enforcement.

 

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company.

 

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any directors’ and officers’ insurance maintained by the Company and applicable law, and is not a substitute therefor, and does not diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

 

Section 20. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement is binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be deemed to constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

-14-


 

Section 21. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees to promptly notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company does not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

 

Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand to the other party, (b) sent by reputable overnight courier to the other party or (c) sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, with receipt of oral confirmation that such communication has been received:

 

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee provides to the Company.

 

(b) If to the Company to:

 

Montana Technologies Corporation

34361 Innovation Drive

Ronan, MT 59864
Attention: Jeff Gutke, Chief Financial Officer

Email: jeffgutke@mt.energy

 

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

Section 23. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, will contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

Section 24. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties are governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action, claim, or proceeding between the parties arising out of or in connection with this Agreement may be brought only in the Delaware Court and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, provided that if, and only if, the Delaware Court lacks jurisdiction, the parties agree that any such action or Proceeding may be brought in any state or federal court in the State of Delaware, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court (or, if applicable, any other state or federal court in the State of Delaware) for purposes of any action, claim, or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action, claim, or proceeding in the Delaware Court (or, if applicable, any other state or federal court in the State of Delaware) , and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action, claim, or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court (or, if applicable, any other state or federal court in the State of Delaware) has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

Section 25. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which will for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

 

Section 26. Headings. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute part of this Agreement or affect the construction thereof.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

-15-


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

 

COMPANY   INDEMNITEE
     
By:                     
Name:      Name:
Office:     Address:                    
       
       

 

 

 

 

EX-10.4 7 ea020216001ex10-4_montana.htm MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION 2024 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

Exhibit 10.4

 

Final Version

 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION

 

2024 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN

 

ARTICLE I. PURPOSE

 

The Plan’s purpose is to enhance the Company’s ability to attract, retain and motivate persons who make (or are expected to make) important contributions to the Company by providing these individuals with equity ownership opportunities and/or equity-linked compensatory opportunities. Capitalized terms used in the Plan are defined in Article XI.

 

ARTICLE II. ELIGIBILITY

 

Service Providers are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan, subject to the limitations described herein.

 

ARTICLE III. ADMINISTRATION AND DELEGATION

 

3.1 Administration. The Plan is administered by the Administrator. The Administrator has authority to determine which Service Providers receive Awards, grant Awards and set Award terms and conditions, subject to the conditions and limitations in the Plan. The Administrator also has the authority to take all actions and make all determinations under the Plan, to interpret the Plan and Award Agreements and to adopt, amend and repeal Plan administrative rules, guidelines and practices as it deems advisable. The Administrator may correct defects and ambiguities, supply omissions and reconcile inconsistencies in the Plan or any Award Agreement as it deems necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and any Awards. The Administrator’s determinations under the Plan are in its sole discretion and will be final and binding on all persons having or claiming any interest in the Plan or any Award.

 

3.2 Appointment of Committees. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Board or the Administrator may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more Committees or committees of officers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, that in no event shall any officer of the Company be delegated the authority to grant Awards to, or amend Awards held by, individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or officers of the Company (or non-employee Directors) to whom the authority to grant or amend Awards has been delegated hereunder. The Board or the Administrator, as applicable, may rescind any such delegation, abolish any such Committee or committee and/or re-vest in itself any previously delegated authority at any time.

 

ARTICLE IV. STOCK AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

 

4.1 Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Article VIII and further subject to the terms of this Article IV, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be equal to the Overall Share Limit. Shares issued under the Plan may consist of authorized but unissued Shares, Shares purchased on the open market or treasury Shares.

 

 


 

4.2 Share Recycling. If all or any part of an Award expires, lapses or is terminated, exchanged for or settled in cash, surrendered, repurchased, canceled without having been fully exercised/settled or forfeited, in any case, in a manner that results in the Company acquiring Shares covered by the Award at a price not greater than the price (as adjusted to reflect any Equity Restructuring) paid by the Participant for such Shares or not issuing any Shares covered by the Award, the unused Shares covered by the Award will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. In addition, Shares delivered (either by actual delivery or attestation) to the Company by a Participant to satisfy the applicable exercise or purchase price of an Award and/or to satisfy any applicable tax withholding obligation with respect to an Award (including Shares retained by the Company from the Award being exercised or purchased and/or creating the tax obligation) will, as applicable, become or again be available for Award grants under the Plan. The payment of Dividend Equivalents in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not count against the Overall Share Limit.

 

4.3 Incentive Stock Option Limitations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no more than 9,399,370 Shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.

 

4.4 Substitute Awards. In connection with an entity’s merger or consolidation with the Company or any Subsidiary or the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s acquisition of an entity’s property or equity securities, the Administrator may grant Awards in substitution for any options or other equity or equity-based awards granted before such merger or consolidation by such entity or its affiliate. Substitute Awards may be granted on such terms as the Administrator deems appropriate, notwithstanding limitations on Awards in the Plan. Substitute Awards will not count against the Overall Share Limit (nor shall Shares subject to a Substitute Award be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above), except that Shares acquired by exercise of substitute Incentive Stock Options will count against the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines has equity securities available under a pre-existing plan approved by equityholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the equity securities available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the equityholders of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan (and Shares subject to such Awards shall not be added to the Shares available for Awards under the Plan as provided above); provided that Awards using such available Shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not Service Providers prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

4.5 Non-Employee Director Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the Plan, the Administrator may establish compensation for non-employee Directors from time to time, subject to the limitations in the Plan. The Administrator will from time to time determine the terms, conditions and amounts of all such non-employee Director compensation in its discretion and pursuant to the exercise of its business judgment, taking into account such factors, circumstances and considerations as it shall deem relevant from time to time; provided that, the sum of any cash compensation, or other compensation, and the value (determined as of the grant date in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or any successor thereto) of Awards granted to a non-employee Director as compensation for services as a non-employee Director during any fiscal year of the Company may not exceed $500,000 (or, with respect to the first fiscal year of the Company during which a non-employee Director first serves as a non-employee Director, $1,000,000) (in either case, the “Non-Employee Director Limit”).

 

2


 

ARTICLE V. STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

5.1 General. The Administrator may grant Options or Stock Appreciation Rights to Service Providers subject to the limitations in the Plan, including any limitations in the Plan that apply to Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator will determine the number of Shares covered by each Option and Stock Appreciation Right, and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and Stock Appreciation Right. A Stock Appreciation Right will entitle the Participant (or other person entitled to exercise the Stock Appreciation Right) to receive from the Company upon exercise of the exercisable portion of the Stock Appreciation Right an amount determined by multiplying the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share of the Stock Appreciation Right by the number of Shares with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, subject to any limitations of the Plan or that the Administrator may impose, and which amount shall be payable in cash, Shares valued at Fair Market Value or a combination of the two as the Administrator may determine or provide in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

5.2 Exercise Price. The Administrator will establish each Option’s and Stock Appreciation Right’s exercise price and specify the exercise price in the Award Agreement. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, the exercise price will not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value on the grant date of the Option (subject to Section 5.6) or Stock Appreciation Right. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of the Shares subject to such Option or Stock Appreciation Right, as applicable, may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant; provided that the exercise price of any Substitute Award shall be determined in accordance with the applicable requirements of Sections 424 and 409A of the Code.

 

5.3 Duration. Each Option or Stock Appreciation Right will be exercisable at such times and as specified in the Award Agreement, provided that, subject to Section 5.6, the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right will not exceed ten years. Notwithstanding the foregoing and unless determined otherwise by the Company, in the event that on the last business day of the term of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right (other than an Incentive Stock Option) (a) the exercise of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right is prohibited by Applicable Law, as determined by the Administrator, or (b) Shares may not be purchased or sold by the applicable Participant due to any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) or a “lock-up” agreement undertaken in connection with an issuance of securities by the Company, to the extent permitted under, and subject to any limitations provided under, Applicable Law and provided that such extension would not result in the imposition of taxes or penalties by operation of Section 409A, the term of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall be automatically extended until the date that is thirty (30) days after the end of the legal prohibition, black-out period or lock-up agreement, as determined by the Company.

 

5.4 Exercise. Options and Stock Appreciation Rights may be exercised by delivering to the Company (or its Agent) a written notice of exercise, in a form approved by the Administrator (which may be electronic and provided through the online platform maintained by an Agent), signed or submitted by the person authorized to exercise the Option or Stock Appreciation Right, together with, as applicable, payment in full of the required amount(s), in each case, as applicable, (a) as specified in Section 5.5 for the number of Shares for which the Award is exercised and (b) as specified in Section 9.5 for any applicable taxes. Unless the Administrator otherwise determines, an Option or Stock Appreciation Right may not be exercised for a fraction of a Share.

 

3


 

5.5 Payment Upon Exercise. Subject to Section 10.8, any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods) and Applicable Laws, the exercise price of an Option must be paid by online payment through the Agent’s electronic platform or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Agent (or, in each case, if the Company has no Agent accepting payment, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company) or, solely with the consent of the Administrator (in its discretion), by:

 

(a) cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or check payable to the order of the Company, provided that the Administrator may limit the use of one of the foregoing payment forms if one or more of the payment forms below is permitted;

 

(b) if there is a public market for Shares at the time of exercise, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, (i) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Administrator) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Administrator to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or (ii) the Participant’s delivery to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Administrator to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator;

 

(c) delivery (either by actual delivery or attestation) of Shares owned by the Participant valued at their Fair Market Value on the delivery date;

 

(d) surrendering Shares then issuable upon the Option’s exercise valued at their Fair Market Value on the exercise date;

 

(e) other than for Participants subject to Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries, delivery of a promissory note, in a form determined by or acceptable to the Administrator, or any other property that the Administrator determines is good and valuable consideration; or

 

(f) any combination of the above payment forms.

 

5.6 Additional Terms of Incentive Stock Options. The Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options only to employees of the Company, any of its present or future parent or subsidiary corporations, as defined in Sections 424(e) or (f) of the Code, respectively, and any other entities the employees of which are eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code. If an Incentive Stock Option is granted to a Greater Than 10% Stockholder, the exercise price will not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value on the Option’s grant date, and the term of the Option will not exceed five years. All Incentive Stock Options will be subject to and construed consistently with Section 422 of the Code. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option, the Participant agrees to give prompt notice to the Company of dispositions or other transfers (other than in connection with a Change in Control) of Shares acquired under the Option made within (a) two (2) years from the grant date of the Option or (b) one (1) year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant, specifying the date of the disposition or other transfer and the amount the Participant realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, in such disposition or other transfer. Neither the Company nor the Administrator will be liable to a Participant, or any other party, if an Incentive Stock Option fails or ceases to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. Any Incentive Stock Option or portion thereof that fails to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code for any reason, including by becoming exercisable with respect to Shares having a fair market value exceeding the $100,000 limitation under Treasury Regulation Section 1.422-4, will be a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

5.7 No Dividends or Dividend Equivalents. No dividends or Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

4


 

ARTICLE VI. RESTRICTED STOCK; RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

6.1 General. The Administrator may grant Restricted Stock, or the right to purchase Restricted Stock, to any Service Provider, subject to the Company’s right to repurchase all or part of such Shares at their issue price or other stated or formula price from the Participant (or to require forfeiture of such Shares) if conditions the Administrator specifies in the Award Agreement are not satisfied before the end of the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award. In addition, the Administrator may grant Restricted Stock Units to any Service Provider, which may be subject to vesting and forfeiture conditions during the applicable restriction period or periods that the Administrator establishes for such Award, as set forth in an Award Agreement. The Administrator will determine and set forth in the Award Agreement the terms and conditions for each Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Award, subject to the conditions and limitations contained in the Plan.

 

6.2 Restricted Stock.

 

(a) Dividends. Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock will be entitled to all ordinary cash dividends paid with respect to such Shares, unless the Administrator provides otherwise in the Award Agreement. In addition, unless the Administrator provides otherwise, if any dividends or distributions are paid in Shares, or consist of a dividend or distribution to holders of Common Stock of property other than an ordinary cash dividend, the Shares or other property will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, with respect to any award of Restricted Stock, dividends which are paid to holders of Common Stock prior to vesting shall only be paid out to the Participant holding such Restricted Stock to the extent that the vesting conditions are subsequently satisfied. All such dividend payments will be made no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the right to the dividend payment becomes nonforfeitable.

 

(b) Stock Certificates. The Company may require that the Participant deposit in escrow with the Company (or its designee) any stock certificates issued in respect of Shares of Restricted Stock, together with a stock power endorsed in blank.

 

6.3 Restricted Stock Units.

 

(a) Settlement. The Administrator may provide that settlement of Restricted Stock Units will occur upon or as soon as reasonably practicable after the Restricted Stock Units vest or will instead be deferred, on a mandatory basis or at the Participant’s election, in each case, in a manner intended to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A (to the extent Section 409A is applicable to the Award). Restricted Stock Units may be settled in cash, Shares, or a combination thereof, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(b) Stockholder Rights. A Participant will have no rights of a stockholder with respect to Shares subject to any Restricted Stock Unit unless and until the Shares are delivered in settlement of the Restricted Stock Unit.

 

(c) Dividend Equivalents. For clarity, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award of Restricted Stock Units shall only be paid out to the Participant to the extent that the vesting conditions applicable to the underlying Award are satisfied. All such Dividend Equivalent payments will be made no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the right to the Dividend Equivalent payment becomes nonforfeitable in accordance with the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator or unless deferred in a manner intended to comply with Section 409A.

 

5


 

ARTICLE VII. OTHER STOCK OR CASH BASED AWARDS; DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS

 

7.1 Other Stock or Cash Based Awards. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be granted to Participants, including Awards entitling Participants to receive Shares to be delivered in the future and including annual or other periodic or long-term cash bonus awards (whether based on specified Performance Criteria or otherwise), in each case, subject to any conditions and limitations in the Plan. Such Other Stock or Cash Based Awards will also be available as a payment form in the settlement of other Awards, as standalone payments and as payment in lieu of compensation to which a Participant is otherwise entitled. Other Stock or Cash Based Awards may be paid in Shares, cash or other property, or any combination of the foregoing, as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Administrator will determine the terms and conditions of each Other Stock or Cash Based Award, including any purchase price, performance goal(s) (which may be based on the Performance Criteria), transfer restrictions, and vesting conditions, which will be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, the Company may adopt subplans or programs under the Plan pursuant to which it makes Awards available in a manner consistent with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

7.2 Dividend Equivalents. A grant of Restricted Stock Units or Other Stock or Cash Based Award may provide a Participant with the right to receive Dividend Equivalents, and no dividends or Dividend Equivalents shall be payable with respect to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights. Dividend Equivalents may be paid currently or credited to an account for the Participant, settled in cash or Shares and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Award with respect to which the Dividend Equivalents are paid and subject to other terms and conditions as set forth in the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Dividend Equivalents with respect to an Award shall only be paid out to the Participant to the extent that the vesting conditions applicable to the underlying Award are satisfied. All such Dividend Equivalent payments will be made no later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the right to the Dividend Equivalent payment becomes nonforfeitable in accordance with the foregoing, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK AND CERTAIN OTHER EVENTS

 

8.1 Equity Restructuring. In connection with any Equity Restructuring, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VIII, the Administrator will equitably adjust each outstanding Award as it deems appropriate to reflect the Equity Restructuring, which may include adjusting the number and type of securities subject to each outstanding Award and/or the Award’s exercise price or grant price (if applicable), granting new Awards to Participants, and/or making a cash payment to Participants. The adjustments provided under this Section 8.1 will be nondiscretionary and final and binding on the affected Participant and the Company; provided that the Administrator will determine whether an adjustment is equitable.

 

6


 

8.2 Corporate Transactions. In the event of any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Common Stock, other securities, or other property), reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, amalgamation, repurchase, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Common Stock or other securities of the Company, Change in Control, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Common Stock or other securities of the Company, other similar corporate transaction or event, other unusual or nonrecurring transaction or event affecting the Company or its financial statements or any change in any Applicable Laws or accounting principles, the Administrator, on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, either by the terms of the Award or by action taken prior to the occurrence of such transaction or event (except that action to give effect to a change in Applicable Law or accounting principles may be made within a reasonable period of time after such change), is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to (x) prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any Award granted or issued under the Plan, (y) facilitate such transaction or event or (z) give effect to such changes in Applicable Laws or accounting principles:

 

(a) To provide for the cancellation of any such Award in exchange for either an amount of cash or other property with a value equal to the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights under the vested portion of such Award, as applicable; provided that, if the amount that could have been obtained upon the exercise or settlement of the vested portion of such Award or realization of the Participant’s rights, in any case, is equal to or less than zero, then the Award may be terminated without payment;

 

(b) To provide that such Award shall vest and, to the extent applicable, be exercisable as to all Shares covered thereby, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan or the provisions of such Award;

 

(c) To provide that such Award be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by awards covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or equivalent value thereof in cash, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and/or applicable exercise or purchase price, in all cases, as determined by the Administrator;

 

(d) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding Awards and/or with respect to which Awards may be granted under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Article IV hereof on the maximum number and kind of shares which may be issued) and/or in the terms and conditions of (including the grant or exercise price or applicable performance goals), and the criteria included in, outstanding Awards;

 

(e) To replace such Award with other rights or property selected by the Administrator; and/or

 

(f) To provide that the Award will terminate and cannot vest, be exercised or become payable after the applicable event.

 

7


 

8.3 Effect of Non-Assumption in a Change in Control. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.2, if a Change in Control occurs and a Participant’s Award is not continued, converted, assumed, or replaced with an award (which may include, without limitation, a cash-based award) with substantially the same value as, and vesting terms that are no less favorable than those applicable to, the underlying award, in each case, as of immediately prior to the Change in Control by (a) the Company, or (b) a successor entity or its parent or subsidiary (an “Assumption”), and provided that the Participant has not had a Termination of Service, then, immediately prior to the Change in Control, such Award shall become fully vested, exercisable and/or payable, as applicable, and all forfeiture, repurchase and other restrictions on such Award shall lapse, in which case, such Award shall be canceled upon the consummation of the Change in Control in exchange for the right to receive the Change in Control consideration payable to other holders of Common Stock (i) which may be on such terms and conditions as apply generally to holders of Common Stock under the Change in Control documents (including, without limitation, any escrow, earn-out or other deferred consideration provisions) or such other terms and conditions as the Administrator may provide, and (ii) determined by reference to the number of Shares subject to such Award and net of any applicable exercise price; provided that to the extent that any Award constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” that may not be paid upon the Change in Control under Section 409A (to the extent applicable to such Award) without the imposition of taxes thereon under Section 409A, the timing of such payments shall be governed by the applicable Award Agreement (subject to any deferred consideration provisions applicable under the Change in Control documents); and provided, further, that if the amount to which the Participant would be entitled upon the settlement or exercise of such Award at the time of the Change in Control is equal to or less than zero, then such Award may be terminated without payment. The Administrator shall determine whether an Assumption of an Award has occurred in connection with a Change in Control.

 

8.4 Administrative Stand Still. In the event of any pending stock dividend, stock split, combination or exchange of shares, merger, consolidation or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to stockholders, or any other extraordinary transaction or change affecting the Shares or the share price of Common Stock, including any Equity Restructuring or any securities offering or other similar transaction, for administrative convenience, the Administrator may refuse to permit the exercise of any Award for up to 60 days before or after such transaction.

 

8.5 General. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no Participant will have any rights due to any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, dividend payment, increase or decrease in the number of Shares of any class or dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or other corporation. Except as expressly provided with respect to an Equity Restructuring under Section 8.1 or the Administrator’s action under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of Shares of any class, or securities convertible into Shares of any class, will affect, and no adjustment will be made regarding, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the Award’s grant or exercise price. The existence of the Plan, any Award Agreements and the Awards granted hereunder will not affect or restrict in any way the Company’s right or power to make or authorize (a) any adjustment, recapitalization, reorganization or other change in the Company’s capital structure or its business, (b) any merger, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation of the Company or sale of Company assets or (c) any sale or issuance of securities, including securities with rights superior to those of the Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares. The Administrator may treat Participants and Awards (or portions thereof) differently under this Article VIII.

 

ARTICLE IX. GENERAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

 

9.1 Transferability. Except as the Administrator may determine or provide in an Award Agreement or otherwise for Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, Awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except for certain beneficiary designations, by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or, subject to the Administrator’s consent, pursuant to a domestic relations order, and, during the life of the Participant, Options and Stock Appreciation Rights will be exercisable only by the Participant. Any permitted transfer of an Award hereunder shall be without consideration, except as required by Applicable Law. References to a Participant, to the extent relevant in the context, will include references to a Participant’s authorized transferee that the Administrator specifically approves.

 

8


 

9.2 Documentation. Each Award will be evidenced in an Award Agreement, which may be written or electronic, as the Administrator determines. The Award Agreement will contain the terms and conditions applicable to an Award. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan.

 

9.3 Discretion. Except as the Plan otherwise provides, each Award may be made alone or in addition or in relation to any other Award. The terms of each Award to a Participant need not be identical, and the Administrator need not treat Participants or Awards (or portions thereof) uniformly.

 

9.4 Termination of Status. The Administrator will determine how a Participant’s Disability, death, retirement or authorized leave of absence or any other change or purported change in a Participant’s Service Provider status affects an Award (including whether and when a Termination of Service has occurred) and the extent to which, and the period during which the Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, conservator, guardian or Designated Beneficiary may exercise rights under the Award, if applicable.

 

9.5 Withholding. Each Participant must pay the Company, or make provision satisfactory to the Administrator for payment of, any taxes required by Applicable Law to be withheld in connection with such Participant’s Awards by the date of the event creating the tax liability. The Company or one of its Subsidiaries may deduct an amount sufficient to satisfy such tax obligations based on the applicable statutory withholding rates (or such other rate as may be determined by the Administrator after considering any accounting consequences or costs) from any payment of any kind otherwise due to a Participant. Subject to Section 10.8 and any Company insider trading policy (including blackout periods), Participants may satisfy such tax obligations through the Agent’s electronic platform or by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Agent (or, in each case, if the Company has no Agent accepting payment, by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company) or, solely with the consent of the Administrator, by (a) cash, wire transfer of immediately available funds or check made payable to the order of the Company, (b) delivery of Shares (in whole or in part), including Shares delivered by attestation and Shares retained from the Award creating the tax obligation, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of delivery, (c) if there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligations are satisfied, unless the Administrator otherwise determines, (i) delivery (including electronically or telephonically to the extent permitted by the Administrator) of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a broker acceptable to the Administrator to deliver promptly to the Company sufficient funds to satisfy the tax obligations, or (ii) delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a broker acceptable to the Administrator to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to satisfy the tax withholding; provided that such amount is paid to the Company at such time as may be required by the Administrator, or (d) any combination of the foregoing payment forms approved by the Administrator. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares which may be so delivered or retained pursuant to clause (b) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery or retention no greater than the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the maximum individual statutory tax rate in the applicable jurisdiction at the time of such withholding (or such other rate as may be required to avoid the liability classification of the applicable award under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America), and for clarity, may be less than such maximum individual statutory tax rate if so determined by the Administrator. If any tax withholding obligation will be satisfied under clause (b) above by the Company’s retention of Shares from the Award creating the tax obligation and there is a public market for Shares at the time the tax obligation is satisfied, the Company may elect to instruct any brokerage firm determined acceptable to the Company for such purpose to sell on the applicable Participant’s behalf some or all of the Shares retained and to remit the proceeds of the sale to the Company or its designee, and each Participant’s acceptance of an Award under the Plan will constitute the Participant’s authorization to the Company and instruction and authorization to such brokerage firm to complete the transactions described in this sentence.

 

9


 

9.6 Amendment of Award; Repricing. The Administrator may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award, including by substituting another Award of the same or a different type, changing the exercise or settlement date, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The Participant’s consent to such action will be required unless (a) the action, taking into account any related action, does not materially and adversely affect the Participant’s rights under the Award, or (b) the change is permitted under Article VIII or pursuant to Section 10.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator may, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, (i) reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or (ii) cancel outstanding Options or Stock Appreciation Rights in exchange for cash, other Awards or Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with an exercise price per share that is less than the exercise price per share of the original Options or Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

9.7 Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any Shares under the Plan or remove restrictions from Shares previously delivered under the Plan until (a) all Award conditions have been met or removed to the Company’s satisfaction, (b) as determined by the Company, all other legal matters regarding the issuance and delivery of such Shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (c) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to satisfy any Applicable Laws. The Company’s inability to obtain authority from any regulatory body having jurisdiction, which the Administrator determines is necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any securities, will relieve the Company of any liability for failing to issue or sell such Shares as to which such requisite authority has not been obtained.

 

9.8 Acceleration. The Administrator may at any time determine, in its sole discretion, that any Award will become immediately vested and fully or partially exercisable, free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise fully or partially realizable.

 

9.9 Cash Settlement. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of the Plan, the Administrator may provide, in an Award Agreement or subsequent to the grant of an Award, in its sole discretion, that any Award may be settled in cash, Shares or a combination thereof.

 

9.10 Broker-Assisted Sales. In the event of a broker-assisted sale of Shares in connection with the payment of amounts owed by a Participant under or with respect to the Plan or Awards, including amounts to be paid under the final sentence of Section 9.5: (a) any Shares to be sold through the broker-assisted sale will be sold on the day the payment first becomes due, or as soon thereafter as practicable; (b) such Shares may be sold as part of a block trade with other Participants in the Plan in which all participants receive an average price; (c) the applicable Participant will be responsible for all broker’s fees and other costs of sale, and by accepting an Award, each Participant agrees to indemnify and hold the Company and its Subsidiaries harmless from any losses, costs, damages, or expenses relating to any such sale; (d) to the extent the Company, its Subsidiaries or their designee receives proceeds of such sale that exceed the amount owed, the Company or its Subsidiary will pay such excess in cash to the applicable Participant as soon as reasonably practicable; (e) the Company, its Subsidiaries and their designees are under no obligation to arrange for such sale at any particular price; and (f) in the event the proceeds of such sale are insufficient to satisfy the Participant’s applicable obligation, the Participant may be required to pay immediately upon demand to the Company, its Subsidiaries or their designee an amount in cash sufficient to satisfy any remaining portion of the Participant’s obligation.

 

10


 

ARTICLE X. MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person will have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award will not be construed as giving a Participant the right to continued employment or any other relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The Company and its Subsidiaries expressly reserve the right at any time to dismiss or otherwise terminate their respective relationships with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan or any Award, except as expressly provided in an Award Agreement or in the Plan.

 

10.2 No Rights as Stockholder; Certificates. Subject to the Award Agreement, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary will have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares to be distributed under an Award until becoming the record holder of such Shares. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless the Administrator otherwise determines or Applicable Laws require, the Company will not be required to deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares may be recorded in the books of the Company (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator). The Company may place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan that the Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

10.3 Effective Date and Term of Plan. Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan will become effective on the date on which the Closing is consummated (the “Effective Date”) and will remain in effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date in accordance with the Plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, no Award may be granted under the Plan after ten (10) years from the earlier of (a) the date the Board adopted the Plan or (b) the date the Company’s stockholders approved the Plan. If the Plan is not approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Plan will not become effective and no Awards will be granted under the Plan.

 

10.4 Amendment; Termination of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time; provided that no such amendment, other than (a) as permitted by the applicable Award Agreement, (b) as provided under Sections 10.6 and 10.15, or (c) an amendment to increase the Overall Share Limit, may materially and adversely affect any Award outstanding at the time of such amendment without the affected Participant’s consent. No Awards may be granted under the Plan during any suspension period or after the Plan’s termination. Awards outstanding at the time of any Plan suspension or termination will continue to be governed by the Plan and the Award Agreement, as in effect before such suspension or termination. The Board will obtain stockholder approval of any Plan amendment to (i) increase the Non-Employee Director Limit, (ii) increase the Overall Share Limit, (iii) materially expands the class(es) of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan or (iv) the extent necessary to comply with Applicable Laws.

 

10.5 Provisions for Foreign Participants. The Administrator may modify Awards granted to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States or establish subplans or procedures under the Plan to address differences in laws, rules, regulations or customs of such foreign jurisdictions with respect to tax, securities, currency, employee benefit or other matters.

 

11


 

10.6 Section 409A.

 

(a) General. To the extent that the Administrator determines that any Award granted under the Plan is subject to Section 409A, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A. To the extent applicable, the Plan and the Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A, such that no adverse tax consequences, interest, or penalties under Section 409A apply. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, the Administrator may, without a Participant’s consent, amend the Plan or Awards, adopt policies and procedures, or take any other actions (including amendments, policies, procedures and retroactive actions) as are necessary or appropriate to preserve the intended tax treatment of Awards, including any such actions intended to (i) exempt the Plan or any Award from Section 409A, or (ii) comply with Section 409A, including regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority that may be issued after an Award’s grant date. The Company makes no representations or warranties as to an Award’s tax treatment under Section 409A or otherwise. The Company will have no obligation under this Section 10.6 or otherwise to avoid the taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A with respect to any Award and will have no liability to any Participant or any other person if any Award, compensation or other benefits under the Plan are determined to constitute noncompliant “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to taxes, penalties or interest under Section 409A. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under the Plan that may be made in installments shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

 

(b) Separation from Service. If an Award is subject to and constitutes “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A, any payment or settlement of such Award upon a termination of a Participant’s Service Provider relationship will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A, be made only upon the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), whether such “separation from service” occurs upon or after the termination of the Participant’s Service Provider relationship. For purposes of the Plan or any Award Agreement relating to any such payments or benefits, references to a “termination,” “termination of employment” or like terms means a “separation from service.”

 

(c) Payments to Specified Employees. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in the Plan or any Award Agreement, any payment(s) of “nonqualified deferred compensation” required to be made under an Award subject to Section 409A to a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A and as the Administrator determines) due to his or her “separation from service” will, to the extent necessary to avoid taxes under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, be delayed for the six-month period immediately following such “separation from service” (or, if earlier, until the specified employee’s death) and will instead be paid (as set forth in the Award Agreement) on the day immediately following such six-month period or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter (without interest). Any payments of “nonqualified deferred compensation” under such Award payable more than six months following the Participant’s “separation from service” will be paid at the time or times the payments are otherwise scheduled to be made.

 

10.7 Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, spouse, beneficiary, or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Award, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his, her or its capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plan’s administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising from any act or omission concerning the Plan unless arising from such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

 

10.8 Lock-Up Period. The Company may, at the request of any underwriter representative or otherwise, in connection with registering the offering of any Company securities under the Securities Act, prohibit Participants from, directly or indirectly, selling or otherwise transferring any Shares or other Company securities during a period of up to one-hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of a Company registration statement filed under the Securities Act, or such longer period as determined by the underwriter.

 

12


 

10.9 Data Privacy. As a condition for receiving any Award, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan. The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security number, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and Award details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and Awards (the “Data”). The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan, and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management. These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country. By accepting an Award, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares. The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan. A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company and its Subsidiaries hold regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents provided for in this Section 10.9 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative. If the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents provided for in this Section 10.9, the Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan and, in the Administrator’s discretion, the Participant may forfeit any outstanding Awards. For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

 

10.10 Severability. If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.

 

10.11 Governing Documents. If any contradiction occurs between the Plan and any Award Agreement or other written agreement between a Participant and the Company (or any Subsidiary) that the Administrator has approved, the Plan will govern, unless it is expressly specified in such Award Agreement or other written document that the specific provision of the Plan will not apply. For clarity, the foregoing sentence shall not limit the applicability of any additive language contained in an Award Agreement or other written agreement which provides supplemental or additional terms not inconsistent with the Plan.

 

10.12 Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards will be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice-of-law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

 

13


 

10.13 Claw-back Provisions. All Awards (including, without limitation, any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by a Participant upon any receipt or exercise of any Award or upon the receipt or resale of any Shares underlying the Award) shall be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the Company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with Applicable Laws (including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, Section 10D of the Exchange Act and any rules or regulations promulgated thereunder, and the listing standards of the national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are then-listed) as and to the extent set forth in such claw-back policy or the Award Agreement.

 

10.14 Titles and Headings. The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.

 

10.15 Conformity to Securities Laws. Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Laws. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Awards will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws. To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Award Agreements will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

 

10.16 Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

10.17 Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

ARTICLE XI. DEFINITIONS

 

As used in the Plan, the following words and phrases will have the following meanings:

 

11.1 “Administrator” means the Board or a Committee to the extent that the Board’s powers or authority under the Plan have been delegated to such Committee. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Board shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Awards granted to non-employee Directors and, with respect to such Awards, the term “Administrator” as used in the Plan shall mean and refer to the Board.

 

11.2 “Agent” means the brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution, entity or person(s), if any, engaged, retained, appointed or authorized to act as the agent of the Company or a Participant with regard to the Plan.

 

11.3 “Applicable Laws” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where Awards are granted.

 

11.4 “Award” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Dividend Equivalents, or Other Stock or Cash Based Awards.

 

14


 

11.5 “Award Agreement” means a written agreement evidencing an Award, which may be electronic, that contains such terms and conditions as the Administrator determines, consistent with and subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

11.6 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

11.7 “Cause” means, in respect of a Participant, either (a) the definition of “Cause” contained in the Participant’s Award Agreement or an effective, written employment, service, change in control or similar agreement between the Participant and the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company; or (b) if no such agreement exists or such agreement does not define Cause, then Cause shall mean (i) the Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information or trade secrets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any material breach of a written agreement between the Participant and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including without limitation a material breach of any employment, confidentiality, non-compete, non-solicit or similar agreement; (ii) the Participant’s commission of, indictment for or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Participant to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or any crime involving dishonesty or moral turpitude (or any similar crime in any jurisdiction outside the United States); (iii) the Participant’s negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of the Participant’s duties or the Participant’s willful or repeated failure or refusal to substantially perform assigned duties; (iv) any act of fraud, embezzlement, material misappropriation or dishonesty committed by the Participant against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (v) any acts, omissions or statements by a Participant which the Company determines to be materially detrimental or damaging to the reputation, operations, prospects or business relations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The findings and decision of the Administrator with respect to any Cause determination will be final and binding for all purposes.

 

11.8 “Change in Control” means and includes each of the following:

 

(a) A transaction or series of transactions (other than an offering of Common Stock to the general public through a registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or a transaction or series of transactions that meets the requirements of clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (c) below) whereby any “person” or related “group” of “persons” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (other than the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or a “person” that, prior to such transaction, directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company) directly or indirectly acquires beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) of securities of the Company possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s securities outstanding immediately after such acquisition; or

 

(b) During any period of two consecutive years, individuals who, at the beginning of such period, constitute the Board together with any new Director(s) (other than a Director designated by a person who shall have entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in subsections (a) or (c)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two-year period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; or

 

(c) The consummation by the Company (whether directly involving the Company or indirectly involving the Company through one or more intermediaries) of (x) a merger, consolidation, reorganization, or business combination or (y) a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets in any single transaction or series of related transactions or (z) the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity, in each case other than a transaction:

 

(i) which results in the Company’s voting securities outstanding immediately before the transaction continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the Company or the person that, as a result of the transaction, controls, directly or indirectly, the Company or owns, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or otherwise succeeds to the business of the Company (the Company or such person, the “Successor Entity”)) directly or indirectly, at least a majority of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity’s outstanding voting securities immediately after the transaction, and (ii) after which no person or group beneficially owns voting securities representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity; provided, however, that no person or group shall be treated for purposes of this clause (ii) as beneficially owning 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Successor Entity solely as a result of the voting power held in the Company prior to the consummation of the transaction.

 

15


 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Change in Control constitutes a payment event with respect to any Award (or portion of any Award) that provides for the deferral of compensation that is subject to Section 409A, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Section 409A, the transaction or event described in subsection (a), (b) or (c) with respect to such Award (or portion thereof) shall only constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the payment timing of such Award if such transaction also constitutes a “change in control event,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5).

 

The Administrator shall have full and final authority, which shall be exercised in its discretion, to determine conclusively whether a Change in Control has occurred pursuant to the above definition, the date of the occurrence of such Change in Control and any incidental matters relating thereto; provided that any exercise of authority in conjunction with a determination of whether a Change in Control is a “change in control event” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) shall be consistent with such regulation.

 

11.9 “Class A Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

11.10 “Class B Common Stock” means the Class B common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

11.11 “Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 5, 2023, by and between Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp., XPDB Merger Sub, LLC and Montana Technologies, LLC.

 

11.12 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

11.13 “Committee” means one or more committees or subcommittees of the Board, which may include one or more Company directors or executive officers, to the extent Applicable Laws permit. To the extent required to comply with the provisions of Rule 16b-3, it is intended that each member of the Committee will be, at the time the Committee takes any action with respect to an Award that is subject to Rule 16b-3, a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3; however, a Committee member’s failure to qualify as a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 will not invalidate any Award granted by the Committee that is otherwise validly granted under the Plan.

 

11.14 “Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted therefore.

 

11.15 “Company” means Montana Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

 

16


 

11.16 “Consultant” means any consultant or advisor engaged by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to render services to such entity that qualifies as a consultant or advisor under the applicable rules of Form S-8 Registration Statements.

 

11.17 “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate.

 

11.18 “Director” means a Board member.

 

11.19 “Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months; provided that for purposes of an Incentive Stock Option, the term Disability shall have the meaning ascribed to it under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

 

11.20 “Dividend Equivalents” means a right granted to a Participant under the Plan to receive the equivalent value (in cash or Shares) of dividends paid on Shares.

 

11.21 “Employee” means any employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

11.22 “Equity Restructuring” means, as determined by the Administrator, a non-reciprocal transaction between the Company and its stockholders, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, or other large, nonrecurring cash dividend, that affects the number or kind of Shares (or other securities of the Company) or the share price of Common Stock (or other securities of the Company) and causes a change in the per share value of the Common Stock underlying outstanding Awards.

 

11.23 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

11.24 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of a Share determined as follows: (a) if the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Common Stock as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (b) if the Common Stock is not traded on a stock exchange but is quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (c) without an established market for the Common Stock, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion.

 

11.25 “Greater Than 10% Stockholder” means an individual then owning (within the meaning of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or its parent or subsidiary corporation, as defined in Section 424(e) and (f) of the Code, respectively.

 

11.26 “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option granted under the Plan intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

 

17


 

11.27 “Non-Qualified Stock Option” means an Option granted under the Plan, or portion thereof, not intended or not qualifying as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

11.28 “Option” means an option to purchase Shares, which will either be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

11.29 “Other Stock or Cash Based Awards” means cash awards, awards of Shares, and other awards valued wholly or partially by referring to, or are otherwise based on, Shares or other property awarded to a Participant under Article VII.

 

11.30 “Overall Share Limit” means the sum of (a) 5,371,069 Shares; and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each calendar year beginning January 1, 2025 and ending on and including January 1, 2034, equal to the lesser of (i) a number of Shares equal to 5.0% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of Shares as is determined by the Board.

 

11.31 “Participant” means a Service Provider who has been granted an Award.

 

11.32 “Performance Criteria” means the criteria (and adjustments) that the Administrator may select for an Award to establish performance goals for a performance period, which may include (but is not limited to) any of the following: net earnings or losses (either before or after one or more of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, and non-cash equity-based compensation expense); gross or net sales or revenue or sales or revenue growth; net income (either before or after taxes) or adjusted net income; profits (including but not limited to gross profits, net profits, profit growth, net operation profit or economic profit), profit return ratios or operating margin; operating efficiency; budget or operating earnings (either before or after taxes or before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); cash flow (including operating cash flow and free cash flow or cash flow return on capital); return on assets; return on capital or invested capital; cost of capital; return on stockholders’ equity; total stockholder return; return on sales; costs, reductions in costs and cost control measures; expenses; working capital; earnings or loss per share; adjusted earnings or loss per share; price per share or dividends per share (or appreciation in or maintenance of such price or dividends); regulatory achievements or compliance; implementation, completion or attainment of objectives relating to research, development, regulatory, commercial, or strategic milestones or developments; market share; economic value or economic value added models; division, group or corporate financial goals; customer satisfaction/growth; customer service; employee satisfaction; recruitment and maintenance of personnel; human resources management; supervision of litigation and other legal matters; strategic partnerships, collaborations and transactions; financial ratios (including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage); debt levels or reductions; sales-related goals; financing and other capital raising transactions; cash on hand; acquisition, licensing or divestiture activity; investment sourcing activity; and marketing initiatives, any of which may be measured in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease. Such performance goals also may be (a) based solely by reference to the Company’s performance or the performance of a Subsidiary, division, business segment or business unit of the Company or a Subsidiary, (b) based upon performance relative to performance of other companies or upon comparisons of any of the indicators of performance relative to performance of other companies, (c) based on GAAP or non-GAAP metrics, and/or (d) adjusted to reflect the impact of unusual or non-recurring transactions, extraordinary events or otherwise as determined by the Administrator.

 

18


 

11.33 “Plan” means this Montana Technologies Corporation 2024 Incentive Award Plan, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

11.34 “Restricted Stock” means Shares awarded to a Participant under Article VI subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

 

11.35 “Restricted Stock Unit” means an unfunded, unsecured right to receive, on the applicable settlement date, one Share or an amount in cash or other consideration determined by the Administrator to be of equal value as of such settlement date awarded to a Participant under Article VI, subject to certain vesting conditions and other restrictions.

 

11.36 “Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

11.37 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and all regulations, guidance, compliance programs and other interpretative authority thereunder.

 

11.38 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

11.39 “Service Provider” means an Employee, Consultant or Director.

 

11.40 “Shares” means shares of Common Stock.

 

11.41 “Stock Appreciation Right” means a stock appreciation right granted under Article V.

 

11.42 “Subsidiary” means any entity (other than the Company), whether domestic or foreign, in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain beneficially owns, at the time of the determination, securities or interests representing at least 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities or interests in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

11.43 “Substitute Awards” means Awards granted or Shares issued by the Company in assumption of, or in substitution or exchange for, awards previously granted, or the right or obligation to make future awards, in each case by a company acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or with which the Company or any Subsidiary combines.

 

11.44 “Termination of Service” means the termination of the applicable Participant’s status as a Service Provider. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator, (a) if a Participant’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates but such Participant continues to provide or simultaneously commences services to the Company and its Subsidiaries as a Consultant or non-employee Director, such change in status shall not be deemed a Termination of Service, (b) if a Participant’s engagement as a Consultant terminates but such Participant simultaneously commences or continues in (as applicable) employment with the Company or a Subsidiary or service as a non-employee Director, such change in status shall not be deemed a Termination of Service, (c) if a Participant’s service as a Director terminates but such Participant continues to provide services as a Consultant or simultaneously commences or remains in employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, such change in status shall not be deemed a Termination of Service, and (d) a Participant employed by, or performing services for, a Subsidiary that ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Company shall be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Service; provided that the Participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the Company or another Subsidiary or become or continue to serve as (as applicable) a Consultant or non-employee director.

 

* * * * *

 

 

19

 

EX-10.5 8 ea020216001ex10-5_montana.htm MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION 2024 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

Exhibit 10.5

 

Final Version

 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION


2024 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN

 

ARTICLE I.

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of this Plan is to assist Eligible Employees of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries in acquiring a stock ownership interest in the Company.

 

The Plan consists of two components: (i) the Section 423 Component and (ii) the Non-Section 423 Component. The Section 423 Component is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code and shall be administered, interpreted and construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 423 of the Code. The Non-Section 423 Component authorizes the grant of rights which need not qualify as rights granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Rights granted under the Non-Section 423 Component shall be granted pursuant to separate Offerings containing such sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures as may be adopted by the Administrator and designed to achieve tax, securities laws or other objectives for Eligible Employees and Designated Subsidiaries but shall not be intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Code. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator or provided herein, the Non-Section 423 Component will operate and be administered in the same manner as the Section 423 Component. Offerings intended to be made under the Non-Section 423 Component will be designated as such by the Administrator at or prior to the time of such Offering.

 

For purposes of this Plan, the Administrator may designate separate Offerings under the Plan in which Eligible Employees will participate. The terms of these Offerings need not be identical, even if the dates of the applicable Offering Period(s) in each such Offering are identical, provided that the terms of participation are the same within each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component (as determined under Section 423 of the Code). Solely by way of example and without limiting the foregoing, the Company could, but shall not be required to, provide for simultaneous Offerings under the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

 

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

 

2.1 “Administrator” means the entity that conducts the general administration of the Plan as provided in Article XI.

 

2.2 “Agent” means the brokerage firm, bank or other financial institution, entity or person(s), if any, engaged, retained, appointed or authorized to act as the agent of the Company or an Employee with regard to the Plan.

 

2.3 “Applicable Law” means the requirements relating to the administration of equity incentive plans under U.S. federal and state securities, tax and other applicable laws, rules and regulations, the applicable rules of any stock exchange or quotation system on which Shares are listed or quoted and the applicable laws and rules of any foreign country or other jurisdiction where rights under this Plan are granted.

 

 


 

2.4 “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.5 “Class A Common Stock” means the Class A common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

2.6 “Class B Common Stock” means the Class B common stock of the Company, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

2.7 “Closing” means the closing of the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated June 5, 2023, by and between Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp., XPDB Merger Sub, LLC and Montana Technologies, LLC.

 

2.8 “Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations issued thereunder.

 

2.9 “Common Stock” means the Class A Common Stock and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted therefore.

 

2.10 “Company” means Montana Technologies Corporation, a Delaware corporation, or any successor.

 

2.11 “Compensation” of an Eligible Employee means, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, the gross cash compensation paid by the Company or its Subsidiary (as applicable) to such Eligible Employee as compensation for services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, including for clarity, any prior-week adjustments; commissions; cash incentive compensation and one-time bonuses (e.g., retention or sign on bonuses); overtime payments; or compensation paid by the Company or any Designated Subsidiary in respect of periods of absence from work; and excluding any education or tuition reimbursements; travel expenses; business and moving reimbursements; income received in connection with any stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units or other compensatory equity awards; fringe benefits; other special payments and all contributions made by the Company or any Designated Subsidiary for the Employee’s benefit under any employee benefit plan now or hereafter established.

 

2.12 “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary or beneficiaries the Participant designates, in a manner the Administrator determines, to receive amounts due or exercise the Participant’s rights if the Participant dies or becomes incapacitated. Without a Participant’s effective designation, “Designated Beneficiary” will mean the Participant’s estate.

 

2.13 “Designated Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary designated by the Administrator in accordance with Section 11.2(b), with such designation to specify whether such participation is in the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component. A Designated Subsidiary may participate in either the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component, but not both.

 

2.14 “Effective Date” means the date on which the Closing is consummated.

 

2


 

2.15 “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who does not, immediately after any rights under this Plan are granted, own (directly or through attribution) stock possessing five percent (5%) or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of Shares and other securities of the Company, a Parent or a Subsidiary (as determined under Section 423(b)(3) of the Code). For purposes of the foregoing, the rules of Section 424(d) of the Code with regard to the attribution of stock ownership shall apply in determining the stock ownership of an individual, and stock that an Employee may purchase under outstanding options shall be treated as stock owned by the Employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may provide in an Offering Document that an Employee shall not be eligible to participate in an Offering Period under the Section 423 Component if: (a) such Employee is a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Section 423(b)(4)(D) of the Code; (b) such Employee has not met a service requirement designated by the Administrator pursuant to Section 423(b)(4)(A) of the Code (which service requirement may not exceed two (2) years); (c) such Employee’s customary employment is for twenty (20) hours per week or less; (d) such Employee’s customary employment is for less than five (5) months in any calendar year; and/or (e) such Employee is a citizen or resident of a foreign jurisdiction and the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee would be prohibited under the laws of such foreign jurisdiction or the grant of a right to purchase Shares under the Plan to such Employee in compliance with the laws of such foreign jurisdiction would cause the Plan to violate the requirements of Section 423 of the Code, as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion; provided, that any exclusion in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) or (e) shall be applied in an identical manner under each Offering Period to all Employees, in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(e).

 

Further notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, the first sentence in this definition shall apply in determining who is an “Eligible Employee,” except (i) the Administrator may further limit eligibility within the Company or within a Designated Subsidiary so as to only designate certain Employees of the Company or of a Designated Subsidiary as “Eligible Employees”, and (ii) to the extent the restrictions in the first sentence in this definition are not consistent with any applicable local law, such applicable local law shall control.

 

2.16 “Employee” means any individual who renders services to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary in the status of an employee, and, with respect to the Section 423 Component, a person who is an employee of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary within the meaning of Section 3401(c) of the Code. For purposes of an individual’s participation in, or other rights under the Plan, all determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination. For purposes of the Plan, the employment relationship shall be treated as continuing intact while the individual is on sick leave or other leave of absence approved by the Company or Designated Subsidiary and meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2). Where the period of leave exceeds three (3) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not guaranteed either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship shall be deemed to have terminated on the first day immediately following such three-month period.

 

2.17 “Enrollment Date” means the first Trading Day of each Offering Period, or such other date as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and set forth in the Offering Document.

 

2.18 “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows: (a) if the Shares are listed on any established stock exchange, its Fair Market Value will be the closing sales price for such Shares as quoted on such exchange for such date, or if no sale occurred on such date, the last day preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; (b) if the Shares are not traded on a stock exchange but are quoted on a national market or other quotation system, the closing sales price on such date, or if no sales occurred on such date, then on the last date preceding such date during which a sale occurred, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or another source the Administrator deems reliable; or (c) without an established market for the Shares, the Administrator will determine the Fair Market Value in its discretion.

 

2.19 “Non-Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan, in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that need not satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

 

3


 

2.20 “Offering” means an offer by the Company under the Plan to Eligible Employees of a right to purchase Shares that may be exercised during an Offering Period, as further described in Article IV hereof. Unless otherwise specified by the Administrator, each Offering to the Eligible Employees of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary shall be deemed a separate Offering, even if the dates and other terms of the applicable Offering Periods of each such Offering are identical, and the provisions of the Plan will separately apply to each Offering. To the extent permitted by Treasury Regulation § 1.423-2(a)(1), the terms of each separate Offering under the Section 423 Component need not be identical, provided that the terms of the Section 423 Component and an Offering thereunder together satisfy Treasury Regulation § 1.423-2(a)(2) and (a)(3).

 

2.21 “Offering Document” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

 

2.22 “Offering Period” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4.1.

 

2.23 “Parent” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the Company owns stock possessing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

 

2.24 “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who has executed a subscription agreement and been granted rights to purchase Shares pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.25 “Plan” means this Montana Technologies Corporation 2024 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, including both the Section 423 Component and Non-Section 423 Component and any other sub-plans or appendices hereto, as amended from time to time.

 

2.26 “Purchase Date” means the last Trading Day of each Purchase Period, or such other date as determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and set forth in the Offering Document.

 

2.27 “Purchase Period” shall refer to one or more specified periods within an Offering Period, as designated in the applicable Offering Document; provided, however, that, if no Purchase Period is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the Purchase Period for each Offering Period covered by such Offering Document shall be the same as the applicable Offering Period.

 

2.28 “Purchase Price” means the purchase price designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which purchase price, for purposes of the Section 423 Component, shall not be less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower); provided, however, that, if no purchase price is designated by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document, the purchase price for the Offering Periods covered by such Offering Document shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the Enrollment Date or on the Purchase Date, whichever is lower; provided, further, that the Purchase Price may be adjusted by the Administrator pursuant to Article VIII and shall not be less than the par value of a Share.

 

2.29 “Section 409A” has the meaning given to such term in Section 12.18.

 

4


 

2.30 “Section 423 Component” means those Offerings under the Plan, together with the sub-plans, appendices, rules or procedures, if any, adopted by the Administrator as a part of this Plan or any Offering(s), in each case, pursuant to which rights to purchase Shares during an Offering Period may be granted to Eligible Employees that are intended to satisfy the requirements for rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an “employee stock purchase plan” that are set forth under Section 423 of the Code.

 

2.31 “Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2.32 “Share” means a share of Common Stock.

 

2.33 “Subsidiary” means any corporation, other than the Company, in an unbroken chain of corporations beginning with the Company if, at the time of the determination, each of the corporations other than the last corporation in an unbroken chain owns stock possessing 50% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain; provided, however, that a limited liability company or partnership may be treated as a Subsidiary to the extent either (a) such entity is treated as a disregarded entity under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) by reason of the Company or any other Subsidiary that is a corporation being the sole owner of such entity, or (b) such entity elects to be classified as a corporation under Treasury Regulation Section 301.7701-3(a) and such entity would otherwise qualify as a Subsidiary. In addition, with respect to the Non-Section 423 Component, Subsidiary shall include any corporate or non-corporate entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect equity interest or significant business relationship.

 

2.34 “Trading Day” means a day on which national stock exchanges in the United States are open for trading.

 

ARTICLE III. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

3.1 Number of Shares. Subject to Article VIII, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to rights granted under the Plan shall be 1,074,213 Shares. In addition to the foregoing, subject to Article VIII, on the first day of each calendar year beginning on January 1, 2025 and ending on and including January 1, 2034, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan shall be increased by that number of Shares equal to the lesser of (a) 1.0% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (b) such smaller number of Shares as determined by the Board. If any right granted under the Plan shall for any reason terminate without having been exercised, the Shares not purchased under such right shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 to the contrary, the number of Shares that may be issued or transferred pursuant to the rights granted under the Section 423 Component of the Plan shall not exceed an aggregate of 3,222,639 Shares, subject to Article VIII.

 

3.2 Shares Distributed. Any Shares distributed pursuant to the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury shares or Shares purchased on the open market.

 

5


 

ARTICLE IV. OFFERING PERIODS; OFFERING DOCUMENTS; PURCHASE DATES

 

4.1 Offering Periods. The Administrator may from time to time grant or provide for the grant of rights to purchase Shares under the Plan to Eligible Employees during one or more periods (each, an “Offering Period”) selected by the Administrator. The terms and conditions applicable to each Offering Period shall be set forth in an “Offering Document” adopted by the Administrator from time to time, which Offering Document shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall deem appropriate and shall be incorporated by reference into and made part of the Plan. The Administrator shall establish in each Offering Document one or more Purchase Periods within such Offering Period during which rights granted under the Plan shall be exercised and purchases of Shares carried out in accordance with such Offering Document and the Plan. The provisions of separate Offerings or Offering Periods under the Plan may be partially or wholly concurrent and need not be identical.

 

4.2 Offering Documents. Each Offering Document with respect to an Offering Period shall specify (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference or otherwise):

 

(a) the length of the Offering Period, which period shall not exceed twenty-seven (27) months;

 

(b) the length of the Purchase Period(s) within the Offering Period, which period(s), in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall not exceed six (6) months;

 

(c) in connection with each Offering Period that contains more than one Purchase Period, the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during each Purchase Period (if applicable), which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 3,000 Shares (and which, for the Section 423 Component Offering Periods, shall be subject to the limitations described in Section 5.5 below);

 

(d) the maximum aggregate number of Shares that may be purchased by any Eligible Employee during such Offering Period (if applicable), which, in the absence of a contrary designation by the Administrator, shall be 12,000 Shares (and which, for the Section 423 Component Offering Periods, shall be subject to the limitations described in Section 5.5 below); and

 

(e) such other provisions as the Administrator determines are appropriate, subject to the Plan.

 

ARTICLE V. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

5.1 Eligibility. Any Eligible Employee who shall be employed by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary on a given Enrollment Date for an Offering Period shall be eligible to participate in the Plan during such Offering Period, subject to the requirements of this Article V and, for the Section 423 Component, the limitations imposed by Section 423(b) of the Code.

 

5.2 Enrollment in Plan.

 

(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, in an Offering Document or determined by the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may become a Participant in the Plan for an Offering Period by delivering a subscription agreement to the Company by such time prior to the Enrollment Date for such Offering Period (or such other date specified in the Offering Document) designated by the Administrator and in such form as the Company provides.

 

6


 

(b) Each subscription agreement shall designate a whole percentage of such Eligible Employee’s Compensation to be withheld by the Company or the Designated Subsidiary employing such Eligible Employee on each payday during the Offering Period as payroll deductions under the Plan. The percentage of Compensation designated by an Eligible Employee as payroll deductions may not be less than the minimum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which minimum percentage shall be one percent (1%) in the absence of any such designation) and may not be more than the maximum percentage specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document (which maximum percentage shall be fifteen percent (15%) in the absence of any such designation); provided that, in no event shall the actual amount withheld on any payday hereunder exceed the net amount payable to the Eligible Employee on such payday after taxes and any other applicable deductions therefrom (and if amounts to be withheld hereunder would otherwise result in a negative payment to the Eligible Employee on such payday, the amount to be withheld hereunder shall instead be reduced by the least amount necessary to avoid a negative payment amount for the Eligible Employee on such payday, as determined by the Administrator). The payroll deductions made for each Participant shall be credited to an account for such Participant under the Plan and shall be deposited with the general funds of the Company.

 

(c) Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion and provided in the terms of an Offering Document, a Participant may increase or decrease the percentage of Compensation designated in his or her subscription agreement, subject to the limits of this Section 5.2, or may suspend his or her payroll deductions, in any case, at any time during an Offering Period; provided, however, that the Administrator may limit or eliminate the type or number of changes a Participant may make to his or her payroll deduction elections during each Offering Period in the applicable Offering Document (and in the absence of any specific designation by the Administrator, a Participant shall be allowed to decrease (but not increase) or suspend his or her payroll deduction elections, in either case, once during each Offering Period). Any such change or suspension of payroll deductions shall be effective with the first full payroll period starting at least ten (10) business days after the Company’s receipt of the new subscription agreement (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). If a Participant suspends his or her payroll deductions during an Offering Period, such Participant’s cumulative unapplied payroll deductions prior to the suspension (if any) shall remain in his or her account and shall be applied to the purchase of Shares on the next occurring Purchase Date (and shall not be paid to Participant unless and until he or she withdraws from participation in the Plan pursuant to Article VII). For clarity, if a Participant who suspends participation in an Offering Period ceases to be an Eligible Employee or he or she withdraws from participation in such Offering Period, in either case, prior to the Purchase Date next-following his or her suspension of participation in the Offering Period, in any case, such Participant’s cumulative unapplied payroll deductions shall be returned to him or her in accordance with Article VII.

 

(d) Except as otherwise set forth in herein or in an Offering Document or as otherwise determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, a Participant may participate in the Plan only by means of payroll deduction and may not make contributions by lump sum payment for any Offering Period. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary, in any non-U.S. jurisdiction where participation in the Plan through payroll deductions is prohibited, the Administrator may provide that an Eligible Employee may elect to participate through contributions to the Participant’s account under the Plan in a form acceptable to the Administrator in lieu of or in addition to payroll deductions; provided, however, that, for any Offering under the Section 423 Component, the Administrator shall take into consideration any limitations under Section 423 of the Code when applying an alternative method of contribution.

 

5.3 Payroll Deductions. Except as otherwise provided herein or in the applicable Offering Document, payroll deductions for a Participant shall commence on the first payday following the Enrollment Date and shall end on the last payday in the Offering Period to which the Participant’s authorization is applicable, unless sooner terminated by the Participant as provided in Article VII or suspended by the Participant or the Administrator as provided in Section 5.2 and Section 5.6, respectively.

 

7


 

5.4 Effect of Enrollment. A Participant’s completion of a subscription agreement will enroll such Participant in the Plan for each subsequent Offering Period on the terms contained therein until the Participant either submits a new subscription agreement, withdraws from participation under the Plan as provided in Article VII or otherwise becomes ineligible to participate in the Plan.

 

5.5 Limitation on Purchase of Shares. An Eligible Employee may be granted rights under the Section 423 Component only if such rights, together with any other rights granted to such Eligible Employee under “employee stock purchase plans” of the Company, any Parent or any Subsidiary, as specified by Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, do not permit such employee’s rights to purchase stock of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to accrue at a rate that exceeds $25,000 of the fair market value of such stock (determined as of the first day of the Offering Period during which such rights are granted) for each calendar year in which such rights are outstanding at any time. This limitation shall be applied in accordance with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code.

 

5.6 Suspension of Payroll Deductions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent necessary to comply with Section 423(b)(8) of the Code and Section 5.5 (with respect to the Section 423 Component) or the other limitations set forth in this Plan, a Participant’s payroll deductions may be suspended by the Administrator at any time during an Offering Period. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares by reason of Section 423(b)(8) of the Code, Section 5.5 or the other limitations set forth in this Plan shall be paid to such Participant, without interest, in one lump sum in cash within thirty (30) days after the Purchase Date.

 

5.7 Foreign Employees. In order to facilitate participation in the Plan, the Administrator may provide for such special terms, rules and procedures applicable to Participants who are citizens or residents of a foreign jurisdiction, or who are employed by a Designated Subsidiary outside of the United States, as the Administrator may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy or custom. Except as permitted by Section 423 of the Code, with respect to the Section 423 Component, such special terms may not be more favorable than the terms of rights granted under the Section 423 Component to Eligible Employees who are residents of the United States. Such special terms may be set forth in an addendum to the Plan in the form of an appendix or sub-plan (which appendix or sub-plan may be designed to govern Offerings under the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component, as determined by the Administrator). To the extent that the terms and conditions set forth in an appendix or sub-plan conflict with any provisions of the Plan, the provisions of the appendix or sub-plan shall govern except as otherwise set forth therein. The adoption of any such appendix or sub-plan shall be pursuant to Section 11.2(f) and any other applicable provision herein. Without limiting the foregoing, the Administrator is specifically authorized to adopt rules and procedures, with respect to Participants who are foreign nationals or employed in non-U.S. jurisdictions, regarding the exclusion of particular Subsidiaries from participation in the Plan, eligibility to participate, the definition of Compensation, handling of payroll deductions or other contributions by Participants, payment of interest, conversion of local currency, data privacy security, payroll tax, withholding procedures, establishment of bank or trust accounts to hold payroll deductions or contributions.

 

5.8 Leave of Absence. During leaves of absence approved by the Company meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h)(2) under the Code, unless otherwise set forth in the terms of an Offering Document, a Participant may continue participation in the Plan by making cash payments to the Company on his or her normal payday equal to the Participant’s authorized payroll deduction.

 

8


 

ARTICLE VI. GRANT AND EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

 

6.1 Grant of Rights. On the Enrollment Date of each Offering Period, each Eligible Employee participating in such Offering Period shall be granted a right to purchase the maximum number of Shares specified under Section 4.2, subject to the limits in Section 5.5, and shall have the right to buy, on each Purchase Date during such Offering Period (at the applicable Purchase Price), such number of whole Shares as is determined by dividing (a) such Participant’s payroll deductions accumulated prior to such Purchase Date and retained in the Participant’s account as of the Purchase Date, by (b) the applicable Purchase Price (rounded down to the nearest Share). The right shall expire on the last day of the Offering Period, or if earlier, the date on which the Participant withdraws in accordance with Section 7.1 or Section 7.3.

 

6.2 Exercise of Rights. On each Purchase Date, each Participant’s accumulated payroll deductions and any other additional payments specifically provided for herein or in the applicable Offering Document will be applied to the purchase of whole Shares, up to the maximum number of Shares permitted pursuant to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Offering Document, at the Purchase Price. No fractional Shares shall be issued upon the exercise of rights granted under the Plan, unless the Offering Document specifically provides otherwise. Any cash in lieu of fractional Shares remaining after the purchase of whole Shares upon exercise of a purchase right will be credited to a Participant’s account and carried forward and applied toward the purchase of whole Shares for the next following Offering Period. Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Administrator may determine and may be issued in certificated form or issued pursuant to book-entry procedures.

 

6.3 Pro Rata Allocation of Shares. If the Administrator determines that, on a given Purchase Date, the number of Shares with respect to which rights are to be exercised may exceed (a) the number of Shares that were available for issuance under the Plan on the Enrollment Date of the applicable Offering Period, or (b) the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan on such Purchase Date, the Administrator may in its sole discretion provide that the Company shall make a pro rata allocation of the Shares available for purchase on such Enrollment Date or Purchase Date, as applicable, in as uniform a manner as shall be practicable and as it shall determine in its sole discretion to be equitable among all Participants for whom rights to purchase Shares are to be exercised pursuant to this Article VI on such Purchase Date, and shall either (i) continue all Offering Periods then in effect, or (ii) terminate any or all Offering Periods then in effect pursuant to Article IX. The Company may make pro rata allocation of the Shares available on the Enrollment Date of any applicable Offering Period pursuant to the preceding sentence, notwithstanding any authorization of additional Shares for issuance under the Plan by the Company’s stockholders subsequent to such Enrollment Date. The balance of the amount credited to the account of each Participant that has not been applied to the purchase of Shares shall be paid to such Participant without interest in one lump sum in cash as soon as reasonably practicable after the Purchase Date, or such earlier date as determined by the Administrator.

 

6.4 Withholding. At the time a Participant’s rights under the Plan are exercised, in whole or in part, or at the time some or all of the Shares issued under the Plan is disposed of, the Participant must make adequate provision for the Company’s federal, state, or other tax withholding obligations, if any, that arise upon the exercise of the right or the disposition of the Shares. At any time, the Company may, but shall not be obligated to, withhold from the Participant’s compensation or Shares received pursuant to the Plan the amount necessary for the Company to meet applicable withholding obligations, including any withholding required to make available to the Company any tax deductions or benefits attributable to sale or early disposition of Shares by the Participant.

 

9


 

6.5 Conditions to Issuance of Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for, or make any book entries evidencing, Shares purchased upon the exercise of rights under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (a) the admission of such Shares to listing on all stock exchanges, if any, on which the Shares are then listed; (b) the completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or under the rulings or regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental regulatory body, that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, deem necessary or advisable; (c) the obtaining of any approval or other clearance from any state or federal governmental agency that the Administrator shall, in its absolute discretion, determine to be necessary or advisable; (d) the payment to the Company of all amounts that it is required to withhold under federal, state or local law upon exercise of the rights, if any; and (e) the lapse of such reasonable period of time following the exercise of the rights as the Administrator may from time to time establish for reasons of administrative convenience.

 

ARTICLE VII. WITHDRAWAL; CESSATION OF ELIGIBILITY

 

7.1 Withdrawal. A Participant may withdraw all, but not less than all, of the payroll deductions credited to his or her account and not yet used to exercise his or her rights under the Plan by giving written notice to the Company in a form acceptable to the Company no later than two (2) weeks prior to the end of the then-applicable Purchase Period (or such shorter or longer period as may be specified by the Administrator in the applicable Offering Document). All of the Participant’s payroll deductions credited to his or her account during such Purchase Period and not yet used to exercise rights under the Plan shall be paid to such Participant as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of notice of withdrawal, without interest, such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated, and no further payroll deductions for the purchase of Shares shall be made for such Offering Period. If a Participant withdraws from an Offering Period (including by virtue of a suspension as described in Section 5.2(c) above), payroll deductions shall not resume at the beginning of any subsequent Offering Period unless the Participant is an Eligible Employee and timely delivers to the Company a new subscription agreement by the applicable enrollment deadline for any such subsequent Offering Period, as determined by the Administrator.

 

7.2 Future Participation. A Participant’s withdrawal from an Offering Period shall not have any effect upon his or her eligibility to participate in any similar plan that may hereafter be adopted by the Company or a Designated Subsidiary or in any subsequent Offering Period that commences on or after the Participant’s withdrawal from any Offering Period.

 

7.3 Cessation of Eligibility. Upon a Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee for any reason, he or she shall be deemed to have elected to withdraw from the Plan pursuant to this Article VII and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the then-current Purchase Period shall be paid, without interest, to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, within thirty (30) days following such Participant’s ceasing to be an Eligible Employee, and such Participant’s rights for the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated. For clarity, if a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in either the Section 423 Component or Non-Section 423 Component to any Designated Subsidiary that is neither participating in the Section 423 Component nor the Non-Section 423 Component, then, in any case, such transfer shall be treated as a termination of employment under the Plan and the Participant shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Plan pursuant to this Article VII and the payroll deductions credited to such Participant’s account during the then-current Purchase Period shall be paid to such Participant or, in the case of his or her death, to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary, within thirty (30) days following such Participant’s transfer of employment, and such Participant’s participation in the Offering Period shall be automatically terminated. If a Participant transfers employment from the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component to any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component, such transfer shall not be treated as a termination of employment under the Plan, but the Participant shall immediately cease to participate in the Section 423 Component; however, any contributions made for the then-current Purchase Period in which such transfer occurs shall be transferred to the Non-Section 423 Component, and such Participant shall immediately join the then-current Offering under the Non-Section 423 Component upon the same terms and conditions in effect for the Participant’s participation in the Section 423 Component, except for such modifications otherwise applicable for Participants in such Offering. A Participant who transfers employment from any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Non-Section 423 Component to the Company or any Designated Subsidiary participating in the Section 423 Component shall not be treated as terminating the Participant’s employment under the Plan and shall remain a Participant in the Non-Section 423 Component until the earlier of (a) the end of the current Offering Period under the Non-Section 423 Component or (b) the Enrollment Date of the first Offering Period in which the Participant is eligible to participate following such transfer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may establish different rules to govern transfers of employment between entities participating in the Section 423 Component and the Non-Section 423 Component, consistent with the applicable requirements of Section 423 of the Code or other Applicable Law.

 

10


 

ARTICLE VIII. ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN SHARES

 

8.1 Changes in Capitalization. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event that the Administrator determines that any dividend or other distribution (whether in the form of cash, Shares, other securities, or other property), change in control, reorganization, merger, amalgamation, consolidation, combination, repurchase, redemption, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or sale, transfer, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or sale or exchange of Shares or other securities of the Company, issuance of warrants or other rights to purchase Shares or other securities of the Company, or other similar corporate transaction or event, as determined by the Administrator, affects the Shares such that an adjustment is determined by the Administrator to be appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended by the Company to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any outstanding purchase rights under the Plan, the Administrator shall make equitable adjustments, if any, to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1 and the limitations established in each Offering Document pursuant to Section 4.2 on the maximum number of Shares that may be purchased); (b) the class(es) and number of Shares and price per Share subject to outstanding rights; and (c) the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

 

8.2 Other Adjustments. Subject to Section 8.3, in the event of any transaction or event described in Section 8.1 or any unusual or nonrecurring transactions or events affecting the Company, any affiliate of the Company, or the financial statements of the Company or any affiliate, or of changes in Applicable Law or accounting principles, the Administrator, in its discretion, and on such terms and conditions as it deems appropriate, is hereby authorized to take any one or more of the following actions whenever the Administrator determines that such action is appropriate in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan or with respect to any right under the Plan, to facilitate such transactions or events or to give effect to such changes in laws, regulations or principles:

 

(a) To provide for either (i) termination of any outstanding right in exchange for an amount of cash, if any, equal to the amount that would have been obtained upon the exercise of such right had such right been currently exercisable or (ii) the replacement of such outstanding right with other rights or property selected by the Administrator in its sole discretion; (b) To provide that the outstanding rights under the Plan shall be assumed by the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, or shall be substituted for by similar rights covering the stock of the successor or survivor corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and prices;

 

11


 

 

(c) To make adjustments in the number and type of Shares (or other securities or property) subject to outstanding rights under the Plan and/or in the terms and conditions of outstanding rights and rights that may be granted in the future;

 

(d) To provide that Participants’ accumulated payroll deductions may be used to purchase Shares prior to the next occurring Purchase Date on such date as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion and the Participants’ rights under the ongoing Offering Period(s) shall be terminated; and

 

(e) To provide that all outstanding rights shall terminate without being exercised.

 

8.3 No Adjustment Under Certain Circumstances. Unless determined otherwise by the Administrator, no adjustment or action described in this Article VIII or in any other provision of the Plan shall be authorized to the extent that such adjustment or action would cause the Section 423 Component of the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements of Section 423 of the Code.

 

8.4 No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of shares of stock of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of stock of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Administrator under the Plan, no issuance by the Company of shares of stock of any class, or securities convertible into shares of stock of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to outstanding rights under the Plan or the Purchase Price with respect to any outstanding rights.

 

ARTICLE IX. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

 

9.1 Amendment, Modification and Termination. The Administrator may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time and from time to time; provided, however, that approval of the Company’s stockholders shall be required to amend the Plan to (a) increase the aggregate number, or change the type, of shares that may be sold pursuant to rights under the Plan under Section 3.1 (other than an adjustment as provided by Article VIII), (b) change this Plan in any manner that would be considered the adoption of a new plan within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.423-2(c)(4) or (c) the extent required under Section 423 of the Code.

 

9.2 Certain Changes to Plan. Without stockholder consent and without regard to whether any Participant rights may be considered to have been adversely affected (and, solely with respect to the Section 423 Component of the Plan, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Code), the Administrator shall be entitled to change or terminate the Offering Periods, limit the frequency and/or number of changes in the amount withheld from Compensation during an Offering Period, establish the exchange ratio applicable to amounts withheld in a currency other than U.S. dollars, permit payroll withholding in excess of the amount designated by a Participant in order to adjust for delays or mistakes in the Company’s processing of payroll withholding elections, establish reasonable waiting and adjustment periods and/or accounting and crediting procedures to ensure that amounts applied toward the purchase of Shares for each Participant properly correspond with amounts withheld from the Participant’s Compensation, and establish such other limitations or procedures as the Administrator determines in its sole discretion to be advisable that are consistent with the Plan.

 

12


 

9.3 Actions In the Event of Unfavorable Financial Accounting Consequences. In the event the Administrator determines that the ongoing operation of the Plan may result in unfavorable financial accounting consequences, the Administrator may, in its discretion and, to the extent necessary or desirable, modify or amend the Plan to reduce or eliminate such accounting consequence including, but not limited to:

 

(a) altering the Purchase Price for any Offering Period including an Offering Period underway at the time of the change in Purchase Price;

 

(b) shortening any Offering Period so that the Offering Period ends on a new or earlier Purchase Date, including an Offering Period underway at the time of the Administrator action;

 

(c) allocating Shares; and

 

(d) such other changes and modifications as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate.

 

Such modifications or amendments shall not require stockholder approval or the consent of any Participant.

 

9.4 Payments Upon Termination of Plan. Upon termination of the Plan, the balance in each Participant’s Plan account shall be refunded as soon as practicable after such termination, without any interest thereon, or if the Administrator so determines, the Offering Period may be shortened so that the purchase of Shares occurs prior to the termination of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE X. TERM OF PLAN

 

The Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date and shall continue until terminated by the Board in accordance with Section 9.1. No right may be granted under the Plan prior to the Effective Date. No rights may be granted under the Plan during any period of suspension of the Plan or after termination of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE XI. ADMINISTRATION

 

11.1 Administrator. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Administrator of the Plan shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board to which the Board delegates administration of the Plan). The Board may at any time vest in the Board any authority or duties for administration of the Plan. The Administrator may delegate administrative tasks under the Plan to the services of an Agent or Employees to assist in the administration of the Plan, including establishing and maintaining an individual securities account under the Plan for each Participant.

 

11.2 Authority of Administrator. The Administrator shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(a) To determine when and how rights to purchase Shares shall be granted and the provisions of each offering of such rights (which need not be identical).

 

13


 

(b) To designate from time to time which Subsidiaries of the Company shall be Designated Subsidiaries, which designation may be made without the approval of the stockholders of the Company and which designation shall specify whether the Designated Subsidiary shall participate in the Section 423 Component or the Non-Section 423 Component.

 

(c) To impose a mandatory holding period pursuant to which Participants may not dispose of or transfer Shares purchased under the Plan for a period of time determined by the Administrator in its discretion.

 

(d) To construe and interpret the Plan and rights granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for its administration. The Administrator, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or any Offering in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan fully effective, subject to Section 423 of the Code for the Section 423 Component.

 

(e) To amend, suspend or terminate the Plan as provided in Article IX.

 

(f) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Administrator deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to carry out the intent that the Plan be treated as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code for the Section 423 Component.

 

(g) The Administrator may adopt annexes or sub-plans applicable to particular Designated Subsidiaries or locations, which annexes or sub-plans may be designed to be outside the scope of Section 423 of the Code. The rules of such annexes or sub-plans may take precedence over other provisions of this Plan, with the exception of Section 3.1 hereof, but unless otherwise superseded by the terms of such annex or sub-plan, the provisions of this Plan shall govern the operation of such annex or sub-plan.

 

11.3 Decisions Binding. The Administrator’s interpretation of the Plan, any rights granted pursuant to the Plan, any subscription agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Administrator with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

 

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 Restriction upon Assignment. A right granted under the Plan shall not be transferable other than by will or the Applicable Laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant. Except in the case of a Participant’s death, a right under the Plan may not be exercised to any extent except by the Participant. The Company shall not recognize and shall be under no duty to recognize any assignment or alienation of the Participant’s interest in the Plan, the Participant’s rights under the Plan or any rights thereunder.

 

12.2 Rights as a Stockholder. With respect to Shares subject to a right granted under the Plan, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be a stockholder of the Company, and no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any of the rights or privileges of a stockholder, until such Shares have been issued to the Participant or the Designated Beneficiary following exercise of the Participant’s rights under the Plan. No adjustments shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash securities, or other property) or distribution or other rights for which the record date occurs prior to the date of such issuance, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as determined by the Administrator.

 

14


 

12.3 Interest. No interest shall accrue on the payroll deductions or contributions of a Participant under the Plan.

 

12.4 Notices. All notices or other communications by a Participant to the Company under or in connection with the Plan shall be deemed to have been duly given when received in the form specified by the Company at the location, or by the person, designated by the Company for the receipt thereof.

 

12.5 Equal Rights and Privileges. Subject to Section 5.7, all Eligible Employees will have equal rights and privileges under the Section 423 Component so that the Section 423 Component of this Plan qualifies as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Code. Subject to Section 5.7, any provision of the Section 423 Component that is inconsistent with Section 423 of the Code will, without further act or amendment by the Company, the Board or the Administrator, be reformed to comply with the equal rights and privileges requirement of Section 423 of the Code. Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component need not have the same rights and privileges as other Eligible Employees participating in the Non-Section 423 Component or as Eligible Employees participating in the Section 423 Component.

 

12.6 Use of Funds. All payroll deductions received or held by the Company under the Plan may be used by the Company for any corporate purpose, and the Company shall not be obligated to segregate such payroll deductions.

 

12.7 Reports. Statements of account shall be given to Participants at least annually, which statements shall set forth the amounts of payroll deductions, the Purchase Price, the number of Shares purchased and the remaining cash balance, if any.

 

12.8 No Employment Rights. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to give any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) the right to employment or service (or to remain in the employ or service) with the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or affect the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate the employment or service of any person (including any Eligible Employee or Participant) at any time, with or without cause.

 

12.9 Notice of Disposition of Shares. Each Participant shall give prompt notice to the Company of any disposition or other transfer of any Shares purchased upon exercise of a right under the Section 423 Component of the Plan if such disposition or transfer is made: (a) within two years from the Enrollment Date of the Offering Period in which the Shares were purchased or (b) within one year after the Purchase Date on which such Shares were purchased. Such notice shall specify the date of such disposition or other transfer and the amount realized, in cash, other property, assumption of indebtedness or other consideration, by the Participant in such disposition or other transfer.

 

12.10 Limitations on Liability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, no individual acting as a director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary will be liable to any Participant, former Participant, Designated Beneficiary or any other person for any claim, loss, liability, or expense incurred in connection with the Plan or any Offering Period, and such individual will not be personally liable with respect to the Plan because of any contract or other instrument executed in his or her capacity as an Administrator, director, officer, other employee or agent of the Company or any Subsidiary.  The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each director, officer, other employee and agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that has been or will be granted or delegated any duty or power relating to the Plan’s administration or interpretation, against any cost or expense (including attorneys’ fees) or liability (including any sum paid in settlement of a claim with the Administrator’s approval) arising from any act or omission concerning this Plan unless arising from such person’s own fraud or bad faith.

 

15


 

12.11 Data Privacy. As a condition for participation in the Plan, each Participant explicitly and unambiguously consents to the collection, use and transfer, in electronic or other form, of personal data as described in this section by and among the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates exclusively for implementing, administering and managing the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may hold certain personal information about a Participant, including the Participant’s name, address and telephone number; birthdate; social security, insurance number or other identification number; salary; nationality; job title(s); any Shares held in the Company or its Subsidiaries and affiliates; and participation details, to implement, manage and administer the Plan and any Offering Period(s) (the “Data”).  The Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data amongst themselves as necessary to implement, administer and manage a Participant’s participation in the Plan and any Offering Period(s), and the Company and its Subsidiaries and affiliates may transfer the Data to third parties assisting the Company with Plan implementation, administration and management.  These recipients may be located in the Participant’s country, or elsewhere, and the Participant’s country may have different data privacy laws and protections than the recipients’ country.  By participating in any Offering Period under the Plan, each Participant authorizes such recipients to receive, possess, use, retain and transfer the Data, in electronic or other form, to implement, administer and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan, including any required Data transfer to a broker or other third party with whom the Company or the Participant may elect to deposit any Shares.  The Data related to a Participant will be held only as long as necessary to implement, administer, and manage the Participant’s participation in the Plan.  A Participant may, at any time, view the Data that the Company holds regarding such Participant, request additional information about the storage and processing of the Data regarding such Participant, recommend any necessary corrections to the Data regarding the Participant or refuse or withdraw the consents in this Section 12.12 in writing, without cost, by contacting the local human resources representative.  If the Participant refuses or withdraws the consents in this Section 12.12, and the Company may cancel Participant’s ability to participate in the Plan or any Offering Period(s).  For more information on the consequences of refusing or withdrawing consent, Participants may contact their local human resources representative.

 

12.12 Severability. If any portion of the Plan or any action taken under it is held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had been excluded, and the illegal or invalid action will be null and void.

 

12.13 Titles and Headings.  The titles and headings in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, if any conflict, the Plan’s text, rather than such titles or headings, will control.

 

12.14 Conformity to Securities Laws.  Participant acknowledges that the Plan is intended to conform to the extent necessary with Applicable Laws.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan and all Offering Periods will be administered only in conformance with Applicable Laws.  To the extent Applicable Laws permit, the Plan and all Offering Periods will be deemed amended as necessary to conform to Applicable Laws.

 

12.15 Relationship to Other Benefits.  No payment under the Plan will be taken into account in determining any benefits under any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary except as expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

 

12.16 Governing Law. The Plan and any agreements hereunder shall be administered, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, disregarding any state’s choice of law principles requiring the application of a jurisdiction’s laws other than the State of Delaware.

 

16


 

12.17 Electronic Forms. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and in the discretion of the Administrator, an Eligible Employee may submit any form or notice as set forth herein by means of an electronic form approved by the Administrator. Before the commencement of an Offering Period, the Administrator shall prescribe the time limits within which any such electronic form shall be submitted to the Administrator with respect to such Offering Period in order to be a valid election.

 

12.18 Section 409A. The Section 423 Component of the Plan and the rights to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Offerings thereunder are intended to be exempt from the application of Section 409A of the Code and the U.S. Department of Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”). Neither the Non-Section 423 Component nor any right to purchase Shares granted pursuant to an Offering thereunder is intended to constitute or provide for “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if the Administrator determines that any right to purchase Shares granted under the Plan may be or become subject to Section 409A or that any provision of the Plan may cause a right to purchase Shares granted under the Plan to be or become subject to Section 409A, the Administrator may adopt such amendments to the Plan and/or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions as the Administrator determines are necessary or appropriate to avoid the imposition of taxes under Section 409A, either through compliance with the requirements of Section 409A or with an available exemption therefrom.

 

* * * * *

 

 

17

 

EX-14.1 9 ea020216001ex14-1_montana.htm CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

Exhibit 14.1

 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION
CODE OF ETHICS AND CONDUCT

 

Adopted March 12, 2024

 

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”), the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Spectaire Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has adopted this Code of Ethics and Conduct (the “Code”) to encourage:

 

honest and ethical conduct, including fair dealing and the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest;

 

full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the SEC, as well as in other public communications made by or on behalf of the Company;

 

compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

 

prompt internal reporting of any violations of law or the Code;

 

accountability for adherence to the Code, including fair process by which to determine violations;

 

consistent enforcement of the Code, including clear and objective standards for compliance; and

 

protection for persons reporting any such questionable behavior.

 

All directors, officers and employees (each a “Covered Party” and, collectively, the “Covered Parties”) of the Company and all of its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates are expected to be familiar with the Code and to adhere to the principles and procedures set forth below.

 

I. Conflicts of Interest

 

A conflict of interest occurs when the private interests of a Covered Party interfere, or appear to interfere, with the interests of the Company as a whole.

 

For example, a conflict of interest can arise when a Covered Party takes actions or has personal interests that make it difficult to perform his or her Company duties objectively and effectively. A conflict of interest may also arise when a Covered Party, or a member of his or her immediate family,1 receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position at the Company.

 

Conflicts of interest can also occur indirectly. For example, a conflict of interest may arise when a Covered Party is also an executive officer, a major shareholder or has a material interest in a company or organization doing business with which the Company has current or prospective business dealings.

 

 

1 Item 404(a) of SEC Regulation S-K defines “immediate family member” as a person’s child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in- law, or any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the person’s household.

 

 


 

Each Covered Party has an obligation to conduct the Company’s business in an honest and ethical manner, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships. Any situation that involves, or may reasonably be expected to involve, a conflict of interest with the Company, should be disclosed promptly to the Company’s Audit Committee of the Board.

 

This Code does not attempt to describe all possible conflicts of interest that could develop. Other common conflicts from which Covered Parties must refrain are set out below:

 

Covered Parties may not engage in any conduct or activities that are inconsistent with the Company’s best interests or that disrupt or impair the Company’s relationship with any person or entity with which the Company has or proposes to enter into a business or contractual relationship.

 

Covered Parties may not accept compensation, in any form, for services performed for the Company from any source other than the Company.

 

No Covered Party may take up any management or other employment position with, or have any material interest in, any firm or company that is in direct or indirect competition with the Company.

 

II. Disclosures

 

The information in the Company’s public communications, including all reports and documents filed with or submitted to the SEC, must be full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable.

 

To ensure the Company meets this standard, all Covered Parties (to the extent they are involved in the Company’s disclosure process) are required to maintain familiarity with the disclosure requirements, processes and procedures applicable to the Company commensurate with their duties. Covered Parties are prohibited from knowingly misrepresenting, omitting or causing others to misrepresent or omit, material facts about the Company to others, including the Company’s independent auditors, governmental regulators and self-regulatory organizations.

 

III. Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

 

The Company is obligated to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations. It is the personal responsibility of each Covered Party to adhere to the standards and restrictions imposed by these laws, rules and regulations in the performance of his or her duties for the Company.

 

The Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer or Controller (or persons performing similar functions) of the Company are also required to promote compliance by all employees with the Code and to abide by Company standards, policies and procedures.

 

2


 

Covered Parties located outside of the United States must comply with laws, regulations, rules and regulatory orders of the United States, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and U.S. export control laws, in addition to applicable local laws.

 

IV. Reporting, Accountability and Enforcement

 

The Company promotes ethical behavior at all times and encourages Covered Parties to talk to supervisors, managers and other appropriate personnel, including officers of the Company, outside counsel for the Company and the Board or the relevant committee thereof, when in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation.

 

Covered Parties should promptly report suspected violations of laws, rules, regulations or the Code or any other unethical behavior by any director, officer, employee or anyone purporting to be acting on the Company’s behalf to appropriate personnel, including officers of the Company, outside counsel for the Company and the Board or the relevant committee thereof. Reports may be made anonymously. If requested, confidentiality will be maintained, subject to applicable law, regulations and legal proceedings.

 

The Audit Committee of the Board or other appropriate officer or body shall investigate and determine, or shall designate appropriate persons to investigate and determine, the legitimacy of such reports. The Audit Committee or other appropriate officer or body will then determine the appropriate disciplinary action. Such disciplinary action includes, but is not limited to, reprimand, termination with cause, and possible civil and criminal prosecution.

 

To encourage employees to report any and all violations, the Company will not tolerate retaliation for reports made in good faith. Retaliation or retribution against any Covered Party for a report made in good faith of any suspected violation of laws, rules, regulations or this Code is cause for appropriate disciplinary action.

 

V. Waivers

 

Before an employee, or an immediate family member of any such employee, engages in any activity that would be otherwise prohibited by the Code, he or she is strongly encouraged to obtain a written waiver from the Board or other appropriate officer or body.

 

Before a director or executive officer, or an immediate family member of a director or executive officer, engages in any activity that would be otherwise prohibited by the Code, he or she must obtain a written waiver from the disinterested directors of the Board. Such waiver must then be disclosed to the Company’s independent auditors and shareholders, as appropriate, along with the reasons for granting the waiver.

 

VI. No Rights Created

 

This Code is a statement of certain fundamental principles, policies and procedures that govern the Company’s Covered Parties in the conduct of the Company’s business. It is not intended to and does not create any rights in any employee, customer, client, visitor, supplier, competitor, shareholder or any other person or entity. It is the Company’s belief that the policy is robust and covers most conceivable situations.

 

 

3

 

EX-16.1 10 ea020216001ex16-1_montana.htm LETTER FROM MARCUM LLP TO THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Exhibit 16.1

 

March 20, 2024

 

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, DC 20549

 

Commissioners:

 

We have read the statements made by Montana Technologies Corporation (f/k/a Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp.) under Item 4.01 of its Form 8-K dated March 20, 2024. We agree with the statements concerning our Firm in such Form 8-K; we are not in a position to agree or disagree with other statements of Montana Technologies Corporation (f/k/a Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp.) contained therein.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ Marcum llp

 

Marcum llp

EX-21.1 11 ea020216001ex21-1_montana.htm LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Montana Technologies Corporation

 

Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
Montana Technologies LLC   Delaware
CAMT Climate Solutions, Ltd.   Hong Kong
AirJoule, LLC   Delaware

 

EX-99.1 12 ea020216001ex99-1_montana.htm AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC AS OF AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 AND 2022

Exhibit 99.1

 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC

 

Financial Statements

 

As of and for the Years Ended

 

December 31, 2023 and 2022

 

 


 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Page
MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC    
Audited Financial Statements of Montana Technologies LLC for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022    
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 243)   3-4
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022   5
Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022   6
Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022   7
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022   8
Notes to the Financial Statements   9-19

 

2


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Members of

Montana Technologies LLC

Ronan, Montana

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Montana Technologies LLC (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the related statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

3


 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM –cont.

 

/s/ BDO USA, P.C.

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018

 

Houston, Texas

 

March 20, 2024

 

4


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
BALANCE SHEETS

 

    As of December 31,  
    2023     2022  
Assets            
Current assets            
Cash   $ 375,796     $ 5,211,486  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     126,971       105,139  
Total current assets     502,767       5,316,625  
Operating lease right-of-use asset     49,536       70,752  
Property and equipment, net     3,832       8,173  
Total assets   $ 556,135     $ 5,395,550  
                 
Liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)                
Current liabilities                
Accounts payable   $ 2,518,763     $ 74,030  
Accrued transaction fees     3,644,100        
Other accrued expenses     244,440       89,655  
Operating lease liability     22,237       21,216  
Total current liabilities     6,429,540       184,901  
Operating lease liability, non-current     27,299       49,536  
Total liabilities   $ 6,456,839     $ 234,437  
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)                
Members’ equity (deficit)                
Members’ contributions   $ 2,109,310     $ 2,047,872  
Preferred units     9,158,087       8,902,226  
Accumulated deficit     (17,168,101 )     (5,788,985 )
Total members’ equity (deficit)     (5,900,704 )     5,161,113  
Total liabilities and members’ equity (deficit)   $ 556,135     $ 5,395,550  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

5


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

    Year ended
December 31,
 
    2023     2022  
Costs and expenses:            
General and administrative   $ 7,540,702     $ 960,122  
Research and development     3,305,612     $ 1,741,380  
Sales and marketing     540,002       87,086  
Depreciation and amortization     4,341       4,341  
Loss from operations     11,390,657       2,792,929  
                 
Other income, net:                
Interest income     11,541        
Total other income, net     11,541        
                 
Loss before income taxes     (11,379,116 )     (2,792,929 )
Income tax expense            
Net loss   $ (11,379,116 )   $ (2,792,929 )
                 
Weighted average common units outstanding, basic and diluted     1,403,144       1,247,340  
Basic and diluted net loss per common unit   $ (7.23 )   $ (2.00 )
Weighted average preferred units outstanding, basic and diluted     170,114       98,045  
Basic and diluted net loss per preferred unit   $ (7.25 )   $ (3.02 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

6


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

    Members’
Contributions
    Preferred
Units  
    Accumulated
Deficit
    Total
Members’
Equity (Deficit)  
 
Balance at January 1, 2022   $ 1,522,473     $ 4,454,888     $ (2,996,056 )   $ 2,981,305  
Contributions     525,399                   525,399  
Issuance of preferred units           4,744,372             4,744,372  
Issuance costs           (297,034 )           (297,034 )
Net loss                 (2,792,929 )     (2,792,929 )
Balance at December 31, 2022   $ 2,047,872     $ 8,902,226     $ (5,788,985 )   $ 5,161,113  
Exercise of warrants     9,438                   9,438  
Share-based compensation       52,000                   52,000  
Issuance of preferred units           255,861             255,861  
Net loss                 (11,379,116 )     (11,379,116 )
Balance at December 31, 2023   $ 2,109,310     $ 9,158,087     $ (17,168,101 )   $ (5,900,704 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

7


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    December 31,  
    2023     2022  
Cash Flows from Operating Activities            
Net loss   $ (11,379,116 )   $ (2,792,929 )
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to cash used in operating activities                
Depreciation and amortization     4,341       4,341  
Amortization of operating lease right-of-use assets     21,216       20,000  
Share-based compensation     52,000        
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets     (21,832 )     8,443  
Right of use assets and lease liabilities     (21,216 )     (20,000 )
Accounts payable     2,444,733       (92,033 )
Accrued expenses and other liabilities     3,798,885       22,847  
Net cash used in operating activities     (5,100,989 )     (2,849,331 )
                 
Cash flows from Investing Activities                
Purchases of fixed assets     (98,950 )      
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets     98,950        
Net cash used in investing activities            
                 
Cash flows from Financing Activities                
Member Contributions           525,399  
Exercise of warrants     9,438        
Issuance of preferred units     255,861       4,744,372  
Issuance costs           (297,034 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     265,299       4,972,737  
Net increase/(decrease) in cash     (4,835,690 )     2,123,406  
Cash, beginning of period     5,211,486       3,088,080  
Cash, end of the period   $ 375,796     $ 5,211,486  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

8


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 — ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

 

Montana Technologies LLC (the “Company”) was established in 2018. The Company was established to pursue the development and expected commercialization of various technological innovations and may engage in any activity or purpose permitted for a limited liability company organized in Delaware. The Company has created a transformational technology that provides significant energy efficiency gains in air conditioning and comfort cooling applications, as well as a potential source of potable water, all through its proprietary “AirJoule” units.

 

Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp (“XPDB”) entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated June 5, 2023, as amended on February 5, 2024, with XPDB Merger Sub, LLC, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of XPDB (“Merger Sub”), and Montana Technologies LLC. On March 14, 2024 the Business Combination was consummated. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub was merged with and into the Company, with the Company surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of XPDB (the “Merger” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Business Combination”). In connection with the Closing, XPDB changed its name from “Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp.” to “Montana Technologies Corporation.”

 

Prior to the Business Combination, all of the outstanding preferred units were converted to class B common units. As a result of the Business Combination, (i) each issued and outstanding class B common unit and class C common unit converted into the right to receive approximately 23.8 shares of newly issued shares of Class A common stock of Montana Technologies Corporation, (ii) each issued and outstanding class A common unit converted into the right to receive approximately 23.8 shares of newly issued shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Montana Technologies Corporation and (iii) each option to purchase common units converted into the right to receive an option to purchase Class A common stock of Montana Technologies Corporation having substantially similar terms to the corresponding option, including with respect to vesting and termination-related provisions, except that such options represented the right to receive a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of common units subject to the corresponding option immediately prior to the effective time of the merger multiplied by approximately 23.8.

 

After giving effect to the Business Combination, the redemption of Class A common stock in connection with the Special Meeting and the consummation of the issuance and sale of the Committed Shares, there were 53,823,412 shares of Montana Technologies Corporation Common Stock issued and outstanding, consisting of 49,063,770 shares of Class A common stock and 4,759,642 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. Of those shares, 45,821,456 were issued to holders of the Company’s equity securities in respect of such equity securities, representing approximately 85.5% of the Montana Technologies Corporation’s voting power at the closing.

 

Note 2 — LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity have been cash from contributions from founders or other investors. The Company had an accumulated deficit of $17.2 million and $5.8 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, The Company had $0.4 million in cash and working capital deficit of $5.93 million. As of December 31, 2022, The Company had $5.2 million in cash and working capital of $5.1 million.

 

The Company assesses its liquidity in terms of its ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet current and future needs. Its expected primary uses of cash on a short and long-term basis are for working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other general corporate services. The Company’s primary working capital requirements are for project execution activities including purchases of materials, services and payroll which fluctuate during the year, driven primarily by the timing and extent of activities required on new and existing projects. The Company’s management expects that future operating losses and negative operating cash flows may increase from historical levels because of additional costs and expenses related to the development of its technology and the development of market and strategic relationships with other businesses and customers.

 

9


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 2 — LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES (cont.)

 

In conjunction with the consummation of the Business Combination and Subscription Agreements (as described above), we received proceeds of approximately $40 million in March 2024, after giving effect to XPDB’s stockholder redemptions and payment of transaction expenses, which will be utilized to fund our product development, operations and growth plans. We believe that as a result of the Business Combination our existing cash and cash equivalents, as well as proceeds received from the Business Combination and cash received from Subscription Agreements, will be sufficient to fund operations for the next year from the date the financial statements were issued for the year ended December 31, 2023.

 

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, the timing and extent of spending by us to support the launch of our product and research and development efforts, the degree to which we are successful in launching new business initiatives and the cost associated with these initiatives, and the growth of our business generally. In order to finance these opportunities and associated costs, it is possible that we will need to raise additional financing if the proceeds realized by us from the Business Combination and cash received from Subscription Agreements are insufficient to support our business needs. While we believe that the proceeds realized by us through the Business Combination and cash received from Subscription Agreements will be sufficient to meet our currently contemplated business needs, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. If additional financing is required by us from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed, our product development business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

 

Note 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), expressed in U.S. dollars. The accompanying financial statements reflect all adjustments including normal recurring adjustments, which, in the opinion of the Company’s management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for the periods presented in accordance with GAAP. References to GAAP issued by the FASB in these accompanying notes to the financial statements are to the FASB Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). The financial statements have been prepared assuming the Company will continue as a going concern.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period.

 

Some of the more significant estimates include estimates of amortization and depreciation and estimates relating to leases. Due to the uncertainty involved in making estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates which could have a material effect on the financial condition and results of operations in future periods.

 

Cash and Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these instruments. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, there were no cash equivalents. The Company maintains cash balances at financial institutions that may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s insurance limits. The amounts over these insured limits as of December 31, 2023 and December 31,

 

2022 was $114,254 and $4,963,548, respectively. The Company mitigates this concentration of credit risk by monitoring the credit worthiness of the financial institutions. No losses have been incurred to date on any deposits.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and includes expenditures that substantially increase the useful lives of existing property and equipment. Maintenance, repairs and minor renovations are charged to expense as incurred. When property and equipment is retired or otherwise disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from their respective accounts, and any difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognized as a gain or loss on disposal in the statements of income.

 

10


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various classes of depreciable assets. The lives used in computing depreciation for significant asset classes are as follow:

 

    Estimated
useful lives
Machinery and Equipment   3 years
Vehicles   3 years

 

The estimated useful lives and depreciation methods are reviewed at each year-end, with the effect of any changes in estimates accounted for prospectively. All depreciation expenses are included with depreciation and amortization in the statements of operations.

 

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

 

The Company evaluates the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If a long-lived asset is tested for recoverability and the undiscounted estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the asset cost is adjusted to fair value, and an impairment loss is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment loss was recognized as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.

 

Leases

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02 which created ASC Topic 842, “Leases,” to require balance sheet recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities by lessees for those leases classified as operating leases. In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-11, to provide another transition method in addition to the existing transition method, allowing entities to initially apply the new standard at the adoption date and recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. Additionally, the FASB has issued other ASU’s to clarify application of the guidance in the original standard and to provide practical expedients for applying the standard, all of which are effective upon adoption. For non-public entities, this standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022.

 

The Company has adopted the standard as of January 1, 2022. This standard requires the Company to recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet for identified property that is subject to operating lease agreements. The Company elected to adopt this standard by applying the additional transition method set forth in ASU 2018-11, whereby the Company implemented the provisions of the new standard to existing leases by recognizing and measuring lease assets and liabilities on the balance sheet as of January 1, 2022, as well as a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balances of members’ accumulated deficit. The impact on retained deficit was de-minimis. Consequently, the reporting of leases for the prior year continues to be provided in accordance with ASC Topic 840, which was effective during that period. The Company elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within ASC Topic 842.

 

11


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company has elected to be taxed as a partnership under the provisions of the Code. Under these provisions, the taxable income or tax loss of the Company is passed through to its members and reported on their individual tax returns. Therefore, no provision or liability and no tax benefit or asset related to federal income taxes has been included in these financial statements. There were neither liabilities nor deferred tax assets relating to uncertain income tax positions taken or expected to be taken on the tax returns.

 

The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. When applicable, the Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.

 

Research and Development Cost

 

The Company accounts for research and development cost (“R&D”) in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 730, “Research and Development.” R&D represents costs incurred in performing research aimed at the discovery of new knowledge and the advancement of techniques to bring significant improvements to products and processes. Costs incurred in developing a product include consulting, engineering, construction and costs incurred to build prototypes.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset, or the amount paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. There is a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The Company classifies fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

  Level 1 —  

Inputs based on unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

  Level 2 —  

Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

  Level 3 —   Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The inputs are both unobservable for the asset and liability in the market and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

 

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The Company establishes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The recorded amounts of certain financial instruments, including accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other liabilities approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities and are classified as level 1. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, the Company did not have any material financial instruments measured and reported at fair value.

 

12


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company accounts for share-based compensation arrangements granted to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation: Stock Compensation,” by measuring the grant date fair value of the award and recognizing the resulting expense over the period during which the employee is required to perform service in exchange for the award. Equity-based compensation expense is only recognized for awards subject to performance conditions if it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. The Company accounts for forfeitures when they occur.

 

Loss Per Unit

 

The Company computes basic loss per unit by dividing loss available to members by the weighted average number of participating units outstanding for the reporting period. All securities that meet the definition of a participating security, irrespective of whether the securities are convertible, nonconvertible, or potential common stock securities, shall be included in the computation of basic loss per unit using the two-class method. However, when the different classes of units have identical rights and privileges except voting rights, whereby they share equally in dividends and residual net assets on a per unit basis, the classes can be combined and presented as one class for loss per share purposes.

 

Diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of participating units and dilutive participating unit equivalents outstanding. During the periods when they are anti-dilutive, participating unit equivalents, if any, are not considered in the computation. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were no anti-dilutive participating unit equivalents outstanding.

 

The loss per share presented in the statements of operations is based on the following for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

    For the year ended December 31,  
    2023     2022  
    Common Units     Participating Preferred Units     Common Units     Participating Preferred Units  
Basic and diluted net loss per common share                        
Numerator:                        
Allocation of net loss, as adjusted   $ (10,146,422 )   $ (1,232,694 )   $ (2,496,767 )   $ (296,162 )
Denominator:                                
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding     1,403,056       170,139       1,247,340       98,045  
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share   $ (7.23 )   $ (7.25 )   $ (2.00 )   $ (3.02 )

 

13


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 3 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, “Financial Instruments — Credit Losses” (Topic 326), which requires that an entity measure and recognize expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost and replaces the incurred loss impairment methodology in current GAAP with a methodology that requires consideration of a broader range of information to estimate credit losses. The guidance also modifies the impairment model for available-for-sale debt securities. ASU 2016-13 is effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2023. The Company has adopted ASU 2016-13 as of January 2023 with no material impacts on the financial statements as a result.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

The Company is expected to be an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act, until such time as to those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that it (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, these financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

 

In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting”. ASU 2020-04 provides guidance on optional expedients for a limited time to ease the operational burden in accounting for (or recognizing the effects of) reference rate reform (LIBOR) on financial reporting. In December 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-06, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848)–Deferral of the Sunset Date of Topic 848 (ASU 2022-06)”, which extends the optional transition relief to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform on financial reporting. The transition relief is provided through December 31, 2024 based on the expectation that the LIBOR will cease to be published as of June 30, 2023. The amendments are effective prospectively at any point through December 31, 2024. The Company will continue to monitor new contracts that could potentially be eligible for contract modification relief through December 31, 2024.

 

14


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 4 — PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consisted of the following:

 

    December 31,
2023
    December 31,
2022
 
Machinery and equipment   $ 7,728     $ 7,728  
Vehicles     5,295       5,295  
Total Cost     13,023       13,023  
Less: Accumulated depreciation     (9,191 )     (4,850 )
Property and equipment, net   $ 3,832     $ 8,173  

 

Depreciation expense related to the Company’s property and equipment was $4,341 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, which were included in the accompanying statements of operations.

 

Note 5 — ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

 

The following table summarizes accrued expenses and other current liabilities:

 

    December 31,
2023
    December 31,
2022
 
Accrued royalty (see note 10)   $ 150,000     $ 50,000  
Accrued payroll     22,481       19,839  
Professional services     58,021        
Engineering consulting     1,700       8,220  
Business development     1,425       7,515  
Accrued other     10,813       4,081  
    $ 244,440     $ 89,655  

 

Note 6 — LEASES

 

The Company’s lease consists of an operating property lease with an initial term of two years, with an option to extend for another two-year term. Lease expense was $24,000 and $20,000 for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively, and was included in general and administrative costs in the statements of operations. Total cash paid for operating leases was $2,000 per month with a remaining term of 26 months and a discount rate of 4.71%.

 

15


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 6 — LEASES (cont.)

 

At December 31, 2023, approximate future minimum rental payments required under the lease agreement are as follows:

 

    Operating
Lease
 
2024   $ 24,000  
2025     24,000  
2026     4,000  
Total undiscounted lease payments     52,000  
Less: effects of discounting     2,464  
Operating Lease Liability   $ 49,536  
         
Classified as:        
Current lease liabilities   $ 22,237  
Non-current lease liabilities   $ 27,299  

 

Note 7 — PREFERRED UNITS

 

The Company is authorized to issue preferred units which are divided into Series A Preferred Units and Series B Preferred Units. The Company intends to use the additional capital from the preferred issuances to continue its prototype development both internally and in conjunction with strategic partners with the goal of moving closer to product purchase commitments that can lead to commercial sales. The preferred units offer liquidation preferences and can be converted into interests of the most senior class of units issued after giving effect to certain new equity financings over certain dollar thresholds and valuations. The preferred units are non-voting.

 

The Company completed a preferred equity financing during February 2023 with TEP Montana, LLC (“TEP Montana”) and issued 4,426 Series B Preferred Units in conjunction with this transaction. TEP Montana has a total equity stake of 4.23% in the Company on a fully-diluted basis and has a liquidation preference.

 

As of December 2023, the Company has issued the total of 84,092 Series A Preferred Units and 86,568 Series B Preferred units.

 

Note 8 — MEMBERS’ CONTRIBUTIONS, OPTIONS AND WARRANTS

 

The Company is authorized to issue common units and preferred units. The common units are divided into Class A, Class B and Class C common units. The Class A common units, Class B common units and Class C common units shall be identical, except with respect to certain voting and approval rights. The Class A common units and Class B common units shall have the rights to designate certain Managers of the Company. The Class C common units shall be non-voting and shall entitle the holders thereof only to the economic rights of a holder of common units. See Note 7 for preferred units.

 

On April 1, 2023, the Managers approved an increase in the number of Units of membership interest which the Company has available to issue from its Incentive Equity Pool from 10,000 Class C Common Units to 100,000 Class C Common Units. In addition, on April 1, 2023, the Managers established a Compensation Committee to oversee and implement the Company’s compensation matters.

 

16


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 8 — MEMBERS’ CONTRIBUTIONS, OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (cont.)

 

Profits and Losses are allocated based on provisions of the Company’s operating agreement.

 

As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company has issued 200,000 Class A common units, 1,204,719 and 1,201,419 Class B common units, respectively and no Class C common units.

 

Warrants

 

In 2020, the Company issued 284,790 Common B unit warrants in connection with equity contributions. All of the warrants had a strike price of $2.86 per unit, and a portion of the warrants in 2022 were exercised on a cashless basis. The exercise of warrants in 2022 and 2021 resulted in the issuance of 198,464 and 30,000 Class B common units, for $525,399 and $85,800, respectively. The exercise of warrants in 2023 resulted in the issuance of 3,300 Class B common units for proceeds of $9,438.

 

There were 16,000 and 19,300 warrants outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. The 16,000 warrants outstanding at December 31, 2023 expire on October 15, 2024.

 

Options

 

On April 5, 2023, the Compensation Committee granted 16,100 options exercisable for Class C Common units pursuant to the Incentive Equity Plan to key team members of the Company. The options immediately vest, have an exercise price of $11.55, a term of seven years, and a grant date fair value of $3.23.

 

The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of stock options. Fair value is estimated at the date of grant:

 

    April 5, 2023  
Risk-free interest rate (1)     3.37 %
Expected Volatility (2)     40 %
Expected term (in years) (3)     3.5  
Expected Dividend yield (4)     0.00 %

 

(1) The risk-free interest rate is based on the yields on U.S. Treasury debt securities with maturities approximating the estimated life of the options.

 

(2) Volatility is estimated by management. This estimate is based on the average volatility of certain public company peers within the Company’s industry.

 

(3) The expected term of options is the average of the contractual term of the options and the vesting period.

 

(4) No cash dividends have been declared on the Company’s common stock since the Company’s inception, and the Company currently does not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends over the expected life of the options.

 

Of the 146,100 options outstanding at December 31, 2023, 65,000 options expire on September 22, 2030, 25,000 options expire on October 15, 2025, 25,000 options expire on December 7, 2030, 3,000 options expire on March 15, 2031, 12,000 options expire on April 8, 2031 and 16,100 options expire on April 4, 2030. The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.

 

17


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 8 — MEMBERS’ CONTRIBUTIONS, OPTIONS AND WARRANTS (cont.) 

 

The following table represents Class C Common units option activity for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

    Units     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 
Options outstanding, December 31, 2021 and 2022     130,000     $ 1.31  
Options exercisable, December 31, 2022     130,000     $ 1.31  
Options issued in 2023     16,100     $ 11.55  
Options outstanding, December 31, 2023     146,100     $ 2.44  
Options exercisable, December 31, 2023     146,100     $ 2.44  

 

Note 9 — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The Company has a property lease agreement with its Chief Executive Officer as discussed in Note 6.

 

Note 10 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

The Company is involved in various legal matters arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of the Company’s management and legal counsel, the amount of losses that may be sustained, if any, would not have a material effect on the financial position and results of operations of the Company.

 

Risks and Uncertainties

 

The Company, as an early-stage business without any current operations, product sales or revenue, has historically been dependent upon the sourcing of external capital to fund its overhead and product development costs. This is a typical situation for any early-stage company without product sales to be in, and the Company raised additional capital via the exercise of warrants and issuance of preferred units.

 

License Agreement

 

In October 2021, the Company entered into a patent license agreement with a third party whereby the third party granted the Company rights to use certain of their patents in exchange for an upfront payment and royalties based on a percentage of net sales until such patents expire. In connection with this, the Company agreed to a minimum royalty amount of which $150,000 and $50,000 was expensed for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, $150,000 was accrued by the Company in the accompanying condensed balance.

 

Future minimum royalties are as follows as of December 31, 2023:

 

2024   $ 250,000  
2025 and each year through the date the patents expire     300,000  

 

Joint Venture Agreement

 

On October 27, 2021, the Company entered into a joint venture with CATL US Inc. (“CATL US”), an affiliate of CATL, pursuant to which we and CATL US formed CAMT Climate Solutions Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Hong Kong (“CAMT”). The Company and CATL US both own 50% of CAMT’s issued and outstanding shares.

 

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Joint Venture Agreement for CAMT, entered into on September 29, 2023 (the “A&R Joint Venture Agreement”), the Company and CATL US have each agreed to contribute $6 million to CAMT. Of this $6 million, we expect to make an initial contribution of $2 million prior to December 31, 2024, with the remaining $4 million contributed when requested by CAMT based on a business plan and operating budgets to be agreed between us and CATL US. Any additional financing beyond the initial $12 million (i.e., $6 million from each of the Company and CATL US) will be subject to the prior mutual agreement of the Company and CATL US. CAMT is managed by a four-member board of directors, with two directors (including the chairman) designated by CATL US and two directors (including the vice chairman) designated by the Company. In the event of an equal vote, the chairman may cast the deciding vote. Certain reserved matters, including debt issuances exceeding $5 million in a single transaction or in aggregate within a fiscal year, amendments to CAMT’s constitutional documents the annual financial budget of CAMT, and any transaction between CAMT and CATL US or the Company in an amount exceeding $10 million in a single transaction or in aggregate within a fiscal year, require the unanimous vote of both CATL US and the Company or all directors.

 

18


 

MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 10 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (cont.)

 

The purpose of the Company’s joint venture with CATL US is to commercialize our AirJoule technology in Asia and Europe and, pursuant to the A&R Joint Venture Agreement, CAMT has the exclusive right to commercialize our AirJoule technology in those territories. Subject to the oversight of CAMT’s board, CATL US is responsible for managing the day-to-day operations of CAMT (including the nomination and replacement of the Chief Executive Officer of CAMT), and is responsible for providing CAMT and any subsidiaries formed by CAMT with, among other things, administrative services, supply chain support, assistance in obtaining required permits and approvals, and assistance in purchasing or leasing land and equipment.

 

Note 11 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Subsequent events have been evaluated through March 20, 2024, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued. The Company’s management has identified the following subsequent events:

 

Subscription agreements

 

As of March 4, 2024, the Company has entered into additional common unit subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”), with certain investors (the “Investors”), bringing aggregate transaction proceeds expected at closing to over $50,000,000. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, and subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Investors agreed to purchase from the Company, and the Company agreed to issue and sell to the Investors, an aggregate number of class B common Units as will convert into an aggregate of 5,807,647 shares of the Montana Technologies Corporation’s Class A common stock upon the closing of the previously Business Combination between the Company and XPDB resulting in cash proceeds of approximately $40 million. As of March 20, 2024, approximately $6 million of proceeds have not been received yet and is recorded as a subscription receivable.

 

Letter agreement

 

On January 7, 2024, the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “Letter Agreement”) with XPDB and Carrier Corporation, an affiliate of Carrier Global Corporation (NYSE: CARR), a global leader in intelligent climate and energy solutions (collectively with its affiliates, “Carrier”), pursuant to which Carrier, XPDB and the Company agreed, among other things, to provide Carrier the right to nominate one (1) designee, subject to the approval of the Company, for election to the board of directors for so long as Carrier satisfies certain investment conditions, following the Business Combination between the Company and Montana Technologies Corporation.

 

Exercise of warrants

 

In January, February and March 2024, 14 warrant holders exercised their warrants to purchase a total of 16,000 Class B common units for a total purchase price of $45,760.

 

Exercise of options

 

In January, February and March 2024, 13 option holders exercised their options to purchase a total of 90,000 Class C common units for a total purchase price of $56,250.

 

Joint Venture Formation Framework Agreement

 

On January 25, 2024, the Company entered into a joint venture formation framework agreement (the “Framework Agreement”) with GE Ventures LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GE Vernova”), and, solely for the purposes specified therein, GE Vernova LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GE Vernova Parent”), pursuant to which the Company and GE Vernova have agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of the Framework Agreement, including certain closing conditions specified therein, to form a joint venture (the “AirJoule JV”) in which each of the Company and GE Vernova will hold a 50% interest. The purpose of the AirJoule JV is to incorporate GE Vernova’s proprietary sorbent materials into systems that utilize the Company’s AirJoule® water capture technology and to manufacture and bring products incorporating the combined technologies to market in the Americas, Africa, and Australia.

 

Upon the closing of the transaction on March 4, 2024, (the “Closing”), each party to the agreement entered into (i) an amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the AirJoule JV (the “A&R Joint Venture Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the AirJoule JV has the exclusive right to manufacture and supply products incorporating the combined technologies to leading original equipment manufacturers and customers in the Americas, Africa and Australia, (ii) master services agreements, pursuant to which, among other things, each party to the agreement agree to provide certain agreed services to the AirJoule JV for a period of at least two years following the Closing (unless earlier terminated by the parties thereto) and (iii) an intellectual property agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, each of the Company and GE Vernova Parent license certain intellectual property to the AirJoule JV. In addition, pursuant to the A&R Joint Venture Agreement, the Company contributed $10 million to the AirJoule JV at the Closing (the “Closing Contribution”) and is expected to contribute additional capital to the AirJoule JV following the Closing based on a business plan and annual operating budgets to be agreed between the Company and GE Vernova.

 

 

19

 

 

EX-99.2 13 ea020216001ex99-2_montana.htm UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF POWER & DIGITAL INFRASTRUCTURE ACQUISITION II CORP. AND MONTANA TECHNOLOGIES LLC AS OF AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023

Exhibit 99.2

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Defined terms included below shall have the same meaning as terms defined and included elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 8-K (the “Form 8-K”) filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”.)

 

Introduction

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information presents the combination of financial information of XPDB and Legacy Montana, adjusted to give effect to the Business Combination and related transactions. The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses” to depict the accounting for the transaction (“Transaction Accounting Adjustments”) and present the reasonably estimable synergies and other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). XPDB has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and will only be presenting Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2023, assumes that the Business Combination occurred on December 31, 2023. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, assume that the Business Combination occurred on January 1, 2023.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements have been presented for illustrative purposes only and do not necessarily reflect what the Post-Combination Company’s financial condition or results of operations would have been had the Business Combination occurred on the dates indicated. Further, the pro forma condensed combined financial information also may not be useful in predicting the future financial condition and results of operations of the Post-Combination Company. The actual financial position and results of operations of the Post-Combination Company may differ significantly from the pro forma amounts reflected herein due to a variety of factors.

 

The historical financial information of XPDB was derived from the audited financial statements of XPDB as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, which are incorporated by reference. The historical financial information of Legacy Montana was derived from the audited financial statements of Legacy Montana as of and for the year ended December 31, 2023, which are incorporated by reference. This information should be read together with XPDB’s and Legacy Montana’s audited financial statements, and related notes, the sections titled “XPDB Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Legacy Montana Technologies’ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information incorporated by reference.

 

Description of the Business Combination

 

On June 5, 2023, XPDB and Merger Sub entered into the Merger Agreement with Legacy Montana.

 

On March 15, 2024, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Montana, with Legacy Montana surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of XPDB.

 

As part of the Business Combination, Legacy Montana equityholders received consideration (“Merger Consideration”). After giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding Legacy Montana preferred units into Legacy Montana Class B common units, which occurred prior to the effective time of the Merger, the Merger Consideration were paid (i) in the case of holders of Legacy Montana Class B common units and Legacy Montana Class C common units, in the form of newly issued shares of Class A common stock, with a $10.00 value ascribed to each such share and which entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the holders of Class A common stock, whether voting separately as a class or otherwise, (ii) in the case of holders of Legacy Montana Class A common units, in the form of newly issued shares of Class B common stock, with a $10.00 value ascribed to each such share and which entitles the holder thereof to a number of votes per share such that the Legacy Montana Equityholders as of immediately prior to the Closing, immediately following the Closing, collectively owned shares representing at least 80% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Post-Combination Company entitled to vote on matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Post-Combination Company, (iii) in the case of holders of Legacy Montana options, each outstanding Legacy Montana option, whether vested or unvested, were converted into an option to purchase, upon the same terms and conditions as are in effect with respect to the corresponding Legacy Montana option immediately prior to the Closing, including with respect to vesting and termination-related provisions, a number of shares of Class A common stock (rounded down to the nearest whole share) equal to the product of (x) the number of Legacy Montana common units underlying such option immediately prior to the Closing and (y) the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in respect of each Legacy Montana common unit in the Business Combination pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at an exercise price per share (rounded up to the nearest whole cent) equal to (A) the exercise price per Legacy Montana common unit underlying such option immediately prior to the Closing divided by (B) the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in respect of each Legacy Montana common unit in the Business Combination pursuant to the Merger Agreement, and (iv) in the case of holders of Legacy Montana warrants, each outstanding Legacy Montana warrant were converted into a warrant to purchase, upon the same terms and conditions as are in effect with respect to the corresponding Legacy Montana warrant immediately prior to the Closing, including with respect to vesting and termination-related provisions, a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the product of (x) the number of Legacy Montana common units underlying such warrant immediately prior to the Closing and (y) the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in respect of each Legacy Montana common unit in the Business Combination pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at an exercise price per share equal to (A) the exercise price per Legacy Montana common unit underlying such warrant immediately prior to the Closing divided by (B) the number of shares of Class A common stock issued in respect of each Legacy Montana common unit in the Business Combination pursuant to the Merger Agreement.

 

 


 

The holders of Legacy Montana equity securities (“Eligible Equityholders”) have the opportunity to receive additional equity consideration (in each case, in accordance with their respective pro rata share) (“Earnout Shares”) only upon full completion of construction and operational viability (including all permitting, regulatory approvals and necessary or useful inspections) of new production capacity of Legacy Montana’s key components or assemblies based solely on demand from bona fide customer commitments evidenced by binding contracts (or in the sole discretion of a majority of the independent members of the Post-Combination Company Board, a non-binding letter of intent or indication of interest or similar writing that is substantially likely to become a binding contract) with a known price or pricing formula that exceeds a level of production capacity that is expected to generate annualized EBITDA (“Annualized EBITDA”) of more than $150,000,000 (the “Threshold Annualized EBITDA”), which shall be determined by a majority of the independent members of the Post-Combination Company Board in their sole discretion, equal to (i) the ratio of (x) (1) the Annualized EBITDA that is expected from such new production capacity (the “Expected Annualized EBITDA”) less (2) (A) the Threshold Annualized EBITDA plus (B) all previously Expected Annualized EBITDA amounts associated with previous new production capacities for which previous earnouts were achieved, divided by (y) $150,000,000 multiplied by (ii) $200,000,000, provided that the aggregate Expected Annualized EBITDA shall not exceed $300,000,000.

 

The maximum value of the Earnout Shares is capped at $200 million (“Maximum Earnout Milestone Amount”) and the ability to receive Earnout Shares expires on the fifth anniversary of the Closing. A majority of the independent members of the Post-Combination Company Board then serving has sole discretion in determining, among other things, the achievement of the applicable milestones, the calculations of payments of Earnout Shares to the applicable Legacy Montana Equityholders, the dates on which construction and operational viability of new production capacity is deemed completed and whether to consent to a transfer of the applicable Legacy Montana Equityholder’s right to receive Earnout Shares. Earnout Shares issuable in respect of Legacy Montana options outstanding as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger may be issued to the holder of such Legacy Montana option only if such holder continues to provide services (whether as an employee, director or individual independent contractor) to the Post-Combination Company or one of its subsidiaries through the date on which such Earnout Shares are issued, as determined by a majority of the independent members of the Post-Combination Company Board.

 

If the conditions for payment of the Earnout Shares are satisfied and assuming all originally designated holders of Legacy Montana options are then still providing services to the Post-Combination Company on the date such condition is met, approximately 21% of the aggregate Earnout Shares will be payable to the holders of Legacy Montana options (subject to the holder’s continued service with the Post-Combination Company or its subsidiaries through the applicable payment date) and 79% of the aggregate Earnout Shares will be payable to the holders of Legacy Montana common units, in accordance with their respective pro rata share immediately following the Closing.

 

Immediately prior to the Closing, 100% of the total outstanding Legacy Montana Class A common units and 7% of the total outstanding Legacy Montana Class B common units (or an aggregate of approximately 18% of the total outstanding Legacy Montana Class A units and Legacy Montana Class B units in the aggregate) were held by unitholders that continue as directors, officers or employees of the Post-Combination Company. The retention of certain holders of Legacy Montana options who continues as directors, officers or employees of the Post-Combination Company (whose responsibilities include continued technology development and commercial execution) is integral to the achievement of the milestones that will determine whether Earnout Shares are payable. Legacy Montana does not believe that such targets are achievable absent the continued involvement of such persons. The Post-Closing Company is expected to provide competitive compensation, benefits and equity awards (pursuant to the terms of the Incentive Plan) to these individuals following the Merger in order to incentivize these individuals to continue to provide services to the Post-Combination Company.

 

2


 

The settlement of the Earnout Shares to the holders of Legacy Montana common units contains variations in something other than the fair value of the issuer’s equity shares. As such, management determined that they should be classified as a liability and recognized at fair value at each reporting period with changes in fair value included in earnings. The Earnout Shares to the holders of Legacy Montana options are subject to ASC 718 and were accounted for as post-combination compensation cost.

 

Upon the Closing of the Business Combination, and following the conversion of the XPDB Class B common stock to Class A common stock, the Sponsor beneficially owns 7,097,500 shares of Class A common stock, of which (i) 5,716,764 shares automatically vested (and shall not be subject to forfeiture) at the Closing and (ii) 1,380,736 shares (“Subject Vesting Shares”) shall be vested and no longer be subject to forfeiture as follows:

 

1) During the Vesting Period, a portion of the Subject Vesting Shares shall vest, from time to time, simultaneously with any Earnout Stock Payment, with the number of vesting shares calculated as (A) the aggregate number of Subject Vesting Shares outstanding immediately after the Closing multiplied by (B) the fraction of (x) the applicable Earnout Milestone Amount divided by (y) the Maximum Earnout Milestone Amount; and

 

2) (A) 690,368 shall vest at such time that the volume weighted average price of Class A common stock on the Nasdaq as reported by Bloomberg L.P. equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for extraordinary transactions, stock splits, extraordinary stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period during the vesting period; or (B) if, prior to the $12.00 vesting time, any Subject Vesting Shares have vested simultaneously with any Earnout Stock Payment, then (x) if the number of Subject Vesting Shares that have vested exceeds 690,368, then no additional Subject Vesting Shares shall vest and (y) if the number of Subject Vesting Shares that have vested is less than 690,368 (the “Deficit Amount”), then a number of Subject Vesting Shares equal to 690,368 less the Deficit Amount shall vest; and

 

3) Any remaining Subject Vesting Shares shall vest in full at the same time that the volume weighted average price of Class A common stock on the Nasdaq as reported by Bloomberg L.P. equals or exceeds $14.00 per share (as adjusted for extraordinary transactions, stock splits, extraordinary stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30 consecutive trading day period.

 

The Subject Vesting Shares do not meet the “fixed-for-fixed” criterion and thus are not considered indexed to the issuer’s stock. As such, management determined that the Subject Vesting Shares should be classified as a liability and recognized at fair value at each reporting period with changes in fair value included in earnings.

 

On March 8, 2024, XPDB and Rice Investment Group (“Rice”) entered into a subscription agreement pursuant to which XPDB agreed to sell 588,235 shares of Class A common stock to Rice for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5.0 million, contingent on the Closing of the Business Combination. The subscription agreement provides that, subject to certain conditions set forth therein, XPDB may be required to issue to Rice up to an additional 840,336 shares of Class A common stock (“True Up Shares”) if the trading price of the Class A common stock falls below the per share purchase price within one year of the Closing of the Business Combination. The True Up Shares are considered a variable-share obligation under ASC 480-10-25-14, and as a result were accounted for as a liability.

 

3


 

The following table illustrates varying ownership levels of the Post-Combination Company immediately following the Business Combination(1):

 

Equity Capitalization Summary   Shares     %  
Legacy Montana Class A Equityholders     4,759,642       8.8 %
Legacy Montana Class B Equityholders     41,061,814       76.3 %
XPDB public stockholders     226,195       0.4 %
Initial stockholders(2)     7,187,500       13.4 %
Rice     588,235       1.1 %
Total common stock     53,823,386       100.0 %

 

 
(1) The table does not include the 14,375,000 shares underlying XPDB public warrants, the 11,125,000 shares underlying private placement warrants, and the 1,305,044 shares underlying Legacy Montana Options.

 

(2) 1,380,736 shares shall only vest and no longer be subject to forfeiture under the achievement of certain milestone and stock price metrics.

 

Accounting Treatment

 

The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). Under this method of accounting, although XPDB acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Legacy Montana in the Business Combination, XPDB was treated as the “acquired” company and Legacy Montana was treated as the accounting acquirer for financial statement reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of Legacy Montana issuing stock for the net assets of XPDB, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of XPDB were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination were those of Legacy Montana.

 

Legacy Montana was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

 

The Legacy Montana Equityholders have the greatest voting interest in the Post-Combination Company;

 

The Post-Combination Company Board has six members, and Legacy Montana nominates the majority of the members of the Post-Combination Company Board at Closing;

 

Legacy Montana comprises the ongoing operations of the Post-Combination Company;

 

Legacy Montana’s existing senior management is the senior management of the Post-Combination Company; and

 

The intended strategy and operations of the Post-Combination Company continues Legacy Montana’s current strategy and operations.

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2023, and the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, are based on the audited historical financial statements of XPDB and Legacy Montana. The unaudited pro forma adjustments are based on information currently available, and assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments are described in the accompanying notes. Actual results may differ materially from the assumptions used to present the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and include immaterial rounding differences.

 

4


 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 2023
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Legacy Montana
(Historical)
    XPDB (Historical)     Transaction
Accounting Adjustments
        Pro Forma Combined  
Assets:                            
Current assets:                            
Cash   $ 376     $ 59     $ 2,455     (C)   $ 38,755  
                      (4,000 )   (D)        
                      (8,500 )   (E)        
                      8,725     (N)        
                      34,640     (O)        
                      5,000     (P)        
                                     
Prepaid expenses and other assets     127                       127  
Total current assets     503       59       38,320           38,882  
Operating lease right-of-use asset     50                       50  
Property and equipment, net     4                       4  
Investments held in Trust Account           114,642       510     (A)      
                      (112,697 )   (B)        
                      (2,455 )   (C)        
Total Assets   $ 557     $ 114,701     $ (76,322 )       $ 38,936  
                                     
Liabilities, Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)                                    
Current liabilities:                                    
Accounts payable   $ 2,519     $ 696     $ 2,579     (E)   $ 5,794  
Accrued expenses     3,644       5,738       (6,220 )   (E)     3,162  
Other accrued expenses     244                       244  
Operating lease liability     22                       22  
Advance from related party           900                 900  
Excise Tax payable           1,881       1,127     (M)     3,008  
Income tax payable           172                 172  
Franchise tax payable           124                 124  
Total current liabilities     6,429       9,511       (2,514 )         13,426  
Earnout Shares liability                 60,105     (K)     60,105  
Subject Vesting Shares liability                 11,792     (L)     11,792  
True Up Shares liability                 555     (Q)     555  
Operating lease liability, non-current     27                       27  
Deferred underwriting commissions           6,038       (6,038 )   (D)      
Total Liabilities     6,456       15,549       63,900           85,905  

 

5


 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
DECEMBER 31, 2023
(in thousands, except share and per share data) — (Continued)

 

    Legacy Montana (Historical)     XPDB (Historical)     Transaction Accounting Adjustments         Pro Forma Combined  
XPDB Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 10,608,178 shares at redemption value           114,129       510     (A)      
                      (112,697 )   (B)        
                      (1,942 )   (H)        
Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)                                    
XPDB preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding                            
XPDB Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 500,000,000 shares authorized; no non-redeemable shares issued or outstanding                 4     (F)     5  
                          (H)        
                      1     (J)        
                          (P)        
XPDB Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 7,187,500 shares issued or outstanding           1           (F)      
                      (1 )   (J)        
Legacy Montana members contribution     2,109             (2,109 )   (F)      
Legacy Montana preferred units     9,158             (9,158 )   (F)      
                                     
Subscription receivable                 (6,000 )   (O)     (6,000 )
Additional paid-in capital                 (556 )   (E)      
                      11,263     (F)        
                      (17,759 )   (G)        
                      1,942     (H)        
                      516     (I)        
                      (60,105 )   (K)        
                      (11,792 )   (L)        
                      (1,127 )   (M)        
                      8,725     (N)        
                      40,640     (O)        
                      5,000     (P)        
                      (555 )   (Q)        
                      23,808     (R)        
Accumulated deficit     (17,166 )     (14,978 )     2,038     (D)     (40,974 )
                      (4,303 )   (E)        
                      17,759     (G)        
                      (516 )   (I)        
                      (23,808 )   (R)        
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)     (5,899 )     (14,977 )     (26,093 )         (46,969 )
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)   $ 557     $ 114,701     $ (76,322 )       $ 38,936  

 

6


 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023
(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    Legacy Montana (Historical)     XPDB (Historical)     Transaction Accounting Adjustments         Pro Forma Combined  
Operating expenses                            
General and administrative expenses   $ 7,541     $ 5,890     $ 4,303     (CC)   $ 18,250  
                      516     (DD)        
General and administrative expenses – related party           240       (240 )   (BB)      
Franchise tax expenses           200                 200  
Depreciation and amortization     4                       4  
Research and development     3,306                       3,306  
Sales and marketing     540                       540  
Total operating expenses     11,391       6,330       4,579           22,300  
                                     
Loss from operations     (11,391 )     (6,330 )     (4,579 )         (22,300 )
                                     
Other income:                                    
Interest from investments held in Trust Account           9,126       (9,126 )   (AA)      
Other income attributable to derecognition of deferred underwriting fee allocated to offering costs           205       2,038     (EE)     2,243  
Interest income     12                       12  
Total other income     12       9,331       (7,088 )         2,255  
Net (loss) income before income taxes     (11,379 )     3,001       (11,667 )         (20,045 )
Income tax expense           (1,759 )     1,759     (FF)      
Net (loss) income   $ (11,379 )   $ 1,242     $ (9,908 )       $ (20,045 )
Basic and diluted net loss per common unit   $ (7.23 )                            
Basic and diluted net loss per preferred unit   $ (7.25 )                            
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A common stock           $ 0.05                      
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class B common stock           $ 0.05                      
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding, basic and diluted                                 53,823,386  
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted                               $ (0.37 )

 

7


 

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

1. Basis of Presentation

 

The Business Combination was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP as Legacy Montana was determined to be the accounting acquirer, primarily due to the fact that Legacy Montana Equityholders continue to control the Post-Combination Company. Under this method of accounting, although XPDB acquired all of the outstanding equity interests of Legacy Montana in the Business Combination, XPDB was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, the Business Combination was treated as the equivalent of Legacy Montana issuing stock for the net assets of XPDB, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of XPDB were stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination were those of Legacy Montana.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2023, assumes that the Business Combination and related transactions occurred on December 31, 2023. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, presents pro forma effect to the Business Combination as if it had been completed on January 1, 2023.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2023, has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

 

XPDB’s audited balance sheet as of December 31, 2023 and the related notes for the year ended December 31, 2023, incorporated by reference; and

 

Legacy Montana’s audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023 and the related notes for the year ended December 31, 2023, included as an exhibit to the Form 8-K.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

 

XPDB’s audited statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes, incorporated by reference; and

 

Legacy Montana’s audited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, and the related notes, included as an exhibit to the Form 8-K.

 

As the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final amounts recorded may differ materially from the information presented.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any anticipated synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings or cost savings that may be associated with the Business Combination.

 

The pro forma adjustments reflecting the consummation of the Business Combination are based on certain currently available information and certain assumptions and methodologies that XPDB believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited condensed pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. XPDB believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination based on information available to management at this time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position of the Post-Combination Company would have been had the Business Combination taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the Post-Combination Company. They should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and notes thereto of XPDB and Legacy Montana.

 

8


 

2. Accounting Policies

 

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, management of the Post-Combination Company performed a comprehensive review of the two entities’ accounting policies. As a result of the review, management of the Post-Combination Company has not identified differences between the accounting policies of the two entities which have a material impact on the financial statements of the Post-Combination Company. Based on its analysis, management of the Post-Combination Company did not identify any differences that would have a material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. As a result, the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not assume any differences in accounting policies.

 

3. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and has been prepared for informational purposes only.

 

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X as amended by the final rule, Release No. 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses” to depict the Transaction Accounting Adjustments and present the Management’s Adjustments. XPDB has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and is only presenting Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information. The historical financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to include all necessary Transaction Accounting Adjustments pursuant to Article 11 of Regulation S-X, including those that are not expected to have a continuing impact.

 

The audited historical financial statements have been adjusted in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information to give pro forma effect to Transaction Accounting Adjustments that reflect the accounting for the transaction under GAAP. Legacy Montana and XPDB have not had any historical relationship prior to the Business Combination. Accordingly, no pro forma adjustments were required to eliminate activities between the companies.

 

The pro forma combined statement of operations does not reflect a provision for income taxes or any amounts that would have resulted had the Post-Combination Company filed consolidated income tax returns during the period presented. The pro forma condensed combined balance sheet does not reflect the deferred taxes of the Post-Combination Company as a result of the Business Combination. Since it is likely that the Post-Combination Company will record a valuation allowance against the total U.S. and state deferred tax assets given the net operating losses as the recoverability of the tax assets is uncertain, the tax provision is zero.

 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

 

The Transaction Accounting Adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2023 are as follows:

 

(A) Reflects interest income earned in the trust account through the Closing.

 

(B) Reflects the redemption of 10,381,983 shares of XPDB Class A common stock at a redemption price of $10.85 per share upon the Business Combination, resulting in a redemption payment of $112.7 million from the trust account to XPDB public stockholders.

 

(C) Reflects the transfer of investments held in the trust account to cash.

 

(D) Reflects the settlement of the capital markets advisory fee to Barclays Capital Inc (“Barclays”).

 

(E) Represents transaction costs incurred by XPDB and Legacy Montana of approximately $9.0 million and $3.0 million, respectively. These costs are accounted for a reduction in the combined cash account with a corresponding reduction in additional paid-in capital or accumulated deficit consistent with the treatment described in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5.A. These transaction costs will not recur in the Post-Combination Company’s income beyond 12 months after the transaction.

 

For the XPDB transaction costs, $4.7 million has been accrued as of the pro forma balance sheet date. The remaining amount of $4.3 million is reflected as an adjustment to accumulated losses. The XPDB estimated transaction costs exclude the deferred underwriting commissions included in (D) above.

 

For the Legacy Montana transaction costs, $2.5 million has been accrued as of the pro forma balance sheet date. The remaining amount of $0.6 million is included as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital.

 

9


 

(F) Represents the issuance of 41,061,814 shares of Class A common stock and 4,759,642 shares of Class B common stock to the existing Legacy Montana Equityholders (excluding 1,305,044 shares underlying the Legacy Montana options).

 

(G) Reflects the elimination of XPDB’s historical accumulated deficit after recording the settlement of the capital markets advisory fee as described in (D) above, the transaction costs as described in (E) above and the stock-based compensation as described in (I) below.

 

(H) Reflects the reclassification of 226,195 shares of XPDB Class A common stock subject to possible redemption to permanent equity.

 

(I) Reflects the recognition of stock-based compensation upon consummation of the Business Combination for the Founder Shares transferred from Sponsor to certain of XPDB’s directors in 2021.

 

(J) Reflects the conversion of XPDB Class B common stock into XPDB Class A common stock at the Business Combination.

 

(K) Reflects the obligation to issue Earnout Shares to Legacy Montana Equityholders (excluding the shares to be issued to holders of Legacy Montana options) upon the achievement of certain earnout milestones. A maximum of 20,000,000 Earnout Shares will be issued to the Eligible Equityholders upon the achievement of the applicable milestones. The earnout provision of the Agreement requires holders of Legacy Montana options to remain in continued employment or provide services to the Post-Combination Company in order to be eligible for their Earnout Shares and in order for their Earnout Shares to vest, therefore management determined that the Earnout Shares going to holders of Legacy Montana options are subject to accounting under ASC 718 and would be accounted for as post-combination compensation expense. Furthermore, there are three individuals who hold Legacy Montana Class A common units and Legacy Montana Class B common units who currently serve as officers of or service providers to Legacy Montana and are expected to serve as executive officers of or service providers to the Post-Combination Company, and who are also holders of Legacy Montana options. As the Merger Agreement includes an explicit service condition requiring holders of Legacy Montana options to remain in continued employment with or provide services to the Post-Combination Company in order to be eligible to receive the Earnout Shares relating to such options, we believe this also creates an in-substance service period with respect to the Earnout Shares that they are eligible to receive with respect to their Legacy Montana Class A common units and Legacy Montana Class B common units. For these three individuals we will treat all of their Earnout Shares (that is, the Earnout Shares received for being holders of Legacy Montana options, Legacy Montana Class A units and Legacy Montana Class B units) as a post-combination compensation expense given their involvement is considered critical to the success of Legacy Montana’s business plan and the achievement of the EBITDA required to trigger the payout the Earnout Shares.

 

We then evaluated the remaining holders of Legacy Montana Class A common units and Legacy Montana Class B common units (who are not holders of Legacy Montana options) to determine whether such Earnout Shares are compensatory. The purpose of providing an earnout to all existing Legacy Montana unitholders is to reward these individuals for their prior investment in the successful development of a prototype AirJoule unit. In concluding that the Earnout Shares for these remaining unitholders (who are not holders of Legacy Montana options) should be treated as contingent consideration, we analyzed the factors in ASC 805-10-55-25.

 

The settlement of the Earnout Shares to the holders of Legacy Montana common units contains variations in something other than the fair value of the issuer’s equity shares. As such, management determined that they should be classified as a liability and recognized at fair value at each reporting period with changes in fair value included in earnings.

 

10


 

The pro-forma estimated fair value of the Earnout Shares was determined with a Monte Carlo simulation using a distribution of potential outcomes for expected earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) and stock price at expected commission dates, utilizing a correlation coefficient for EBITDA and stock price, and assuming $50 million of Annualized EBITDA per production line, with six production lines commissioned over a five-year period. EBITDA was discounted to the valuation date with a weighted average cost of capital estimate and forecasted to each estimated commission date. Earnout mechanics at each estimated commission date were assessed, and if the Earnout Thresholds were achieved, the future value of the Earnout Shares was discounted to the valuation date utilizing a risk-free rate commensurate with the overall term. Expected EBITDA assumes that each production line will achieve equivalent production generating $50 million of Annualized EBITDA. The commission dates used reflected XPDB’s management’s best estimates regarding the time to complete full construction and operational viability of a production line, including all permitting, regulatory approvals and necessary or useful inspections. The Earnout term of 5 years and the Earnout mechanics represent contractual inputs. Assumptions such as risk-free rate, stock price, volatility, and discount rate were based on market data. See the following summary of inputs:

 

Monte Carlo simulation starting stock price   $ 10.00  
Simulation term (years)     5.0  
Simulation term risk-free rate     4.2 %
Selected discount rate     25.0 %
Selected asset volatility     35.0 %
Selected equity volatility     35.0 %

 

The fair value of the Earnout Shares will be determined by updating the valuation, utilizing the mechanics and methodology described above. At each valuation date, company management will assess the EBITDA forecast and commission dates and provide any updates to the assumptions based on known or knowable information as of the valuation date. Market dependent assumptions such as volatility, discount rate, risk-free rate, and stock price will be updated at each valuation date and adjusted as applicable. Additionally, the term will be adjusted for the passage of time at each valuation date and any payments achieved and paid in prior periods, if applicable.

 

The estimated fair value of the Earnout Shares ($76 million) represents approximately 4,541,218 Earnout Shares.

 

While we will need to assess the facts and circumstances related to the Earnout Shares at each future valuation date, the two largest drivers of the fair value of the Earnout Shares are the forecasted EBITDA metrics and the future stock price at each future date. Adjusting EBITDA up and down 20% would yield a range of possible outcomes from approximately $101 million (or approximately 6,691,512 Earnout Shares) to approximately $50 million (or approximately 2,561,158 Earnout Shares), respectively. Additionally, adjusting the future stock price up and down 20% would yield a range of possible outcomes from approximately $92 million (or approximately 4,541,218 Earnout Shares) to approximately $62 million, respectively (or approximately 4,541,218 Earnout Shares). Given the number of Earnout Shares is determined by the EBITDA forecast, the expected number of units remains unchanged in the stock price sensitivity.

 

    % of
Earnout Pool
    Accounting Treatment   Estimated
Earn-out
Value
 
              (in thousands)  
Holders of Legacy Montana options and those with an in-substance service period     21.3 %   post-combination compensation expense   $ 16,229  
Other holders of Legacy Montana Class A and Legacy Montana Class B common units     78.7 %   contingent consideration     60,105  
Total Earnout value               $ 76,334  

 

(L) Reflects the fair value of the Subject Vesting Shares issued to holders of XPDB Class B common stock.

 

(M) Reflects the recognition of additional excise tax payable upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

 

(N) Reflects the proceeds from issuance of a number of Legacy Montana Class B common units that converted into 1,026,471 shares of XPDB Class A common stock upon the Business Combination.

 

(O) Reflects the proceeds from issuance of a number of Legacy Montana Class B common units that converted into 4,781,176 shares of XPDB Class A common stock upon the Business Combination.

 

(P) Reflects the proceeds from issuance of 588,235 shares of XPDB Class A common stock upon the Business Combination.

 

(Q) Reflects the fair value of the True Up Shares in connection with the issuance of 588,235 shares of XPDB Class A common stock upon the Business Combination.

 

(R) Reflects the reclassification among equity to avoid negative additional paid-in capital.

 

11


 

Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statement of Operations

 

The Transaction Accounting Adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 are as follows:

 

(AA) Represents an adjustment to eliminate interest earned on marketable securities held in the trust account after giving effect to the Business Combination as if it had occurred on January 1, 2023.

 

(BB) Represents an adjustment to eliminate administrative service fees that will be ceased paying at the Business Combination.

 

(CC) Represents an adjustment to eliminate the effect of the pro forma balance sheet adjustment presented in (E) above in the aggregate amount of $4.3 million for the direct, incremental costs of the Business Combination expected to be incurred by XPDB, assuming those adjustments were made as of the beginning of the fiscal year presented. As these costs are directly related to the Business Combination, they are not expected to recur in the income of the Post-Combination Company beyond 12 months after the Business Combination.

 

(DD) Reflects the recognition of stock-based compensation upon consummation of the Business Combination for the Founder Shares transferred from Sponsor to XPDB’s directors in 2021.

 

(EE) Reflects gain from the settlement of the capital markets advisory fee to Barclays.

 

(FF) Reflects the reversal of income tax expense after giving effect to the Business Combination as if it had occurred on January 1, 2023.

 

4. Net Loss per Share

 

Represents the net loss per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2023. As the Business Combination and related transactions are being reflected as if they had occurred at the beginning of January 1, 2023, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the Business Combination have been outstanding for the entire period presented..

 

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared with the actual redemptions by XPDB’s Public Stockholders for the year ended December 31, 2023:

 

(in thousands, except share and per share data)   Year Ended December 31,
2023
 
Net loss   $ (20,045 )
Weighted average shares outstanding of common stock(1)     53,823,386  
Net loss per common share, basic and diluted   $ (0.37 )

 

 
(1) For the purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share, all outstanding XPDB public warrants, private placement warrants, and Legacy Montana options should have been assumed to have been exercised. However, since this results in anti-dilution, the effect of such exercise was not included in calculation of diluted loss per share.

 

 

12

 

 

EX-99.3 14 ea020216001ex99-3_montana.htm MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2023 AND 2022

Exhibit 99.3

 

MONTANA MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Montana Technologies, LLC (“Legacy Montana”) should be read together with our audited financial statements, unaudited condensed financial statements and related notes included elsewhere on this Current Report on Form 8-K. The discussion and analysis should also be read together with our pro forma financial information as of and for the year December 31, 2023. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements” included as Exhibit 99.2 to this Current Report on Form 8-K. In addition to historical information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ significantly from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause future results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Certain amounts may not foot due to rounding, and all figures presented are in thousands. References in this section to “Montana,” “we,” “our,” “us” and the “Company” generally refer to Legacy Montana and its consolidated subsidiaries prior to the Business Combination (as defined herein) and to Montana Technologies Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Business Combination.

 

Company Overview

 

We are an atmospheric renewable energy and water harvesting technology company that aims to provide energy and cost-efficient, sustainable dehumidification, evaporative cooling and atmospheric water generation. As compared to currently existing HVAC systems, our AirJoule technology is designed to reduce energy consumption, minimize/eliminate harmful refrigerants, and generate material cost efficiencies. AirJoule is a climate solution technology that harvests the untapped supply of renewable thermal energy in water vapor in the atmosphere in an effort to provide significant energy efficiency gains in HVAC and a potential source of potable water. We are focused on scaling manufacturing through global joint ventures and deploying AirJoule units worldwide as a key part of the solution to address global warming and water scarcity.

 

Growth Strategy and Outlook

 

The AirJoule system seeks to address two of the world’s most problematic issues: increasing demand for comfort cooling and rising water stress. We estimate that our Total Addressable Market (“TAM”) globally is approximately $455 billion, comprised of a TAM in the HVAC sector of approximately $355 billion and a TAM in the atmospheric water harvesting sector of approximately $100 billion. We obtained the HVAC estimate from an independent report prepared by thebrainyinsights.com and the atmospheric harvesting estimate from conversations with water.org.

 

We aim to offer our products and services in global markets where demand for comfort cooling and water stress are highest. In light of our proprietary technology, we believe that we are uniquely positioned to provide curated solutions that satisfy our customers’ needs and expectations within the HVAC and atmospheric water harvesting sectors. Additionally, with several partnerships in place and a rapidly growing pipeline of new opportunities, we believe that we possess the potential for global scalability at attractive margins. We anticipate that our existing partnerships with PNNL, BASF and CATL will help accelerate manufacturing of materials and components as well as provide product validation and commercialization. See “— Our Competitive Strengths — Our Partners.”

 

We believe that we have a capital efficient and highly scalable business model. We estimate that a capital expenditure investment of less than $50 million per production line to coat aluminum contactors has the potential to generate approximately $100 million in Annualized EBITDA per line for Legacy Montana. We expect to commence our first production of market-ready AirJoule units in 2024. For additional details regarding the basis upon which Legacy Montana’s estimates with respect to capital expenditures and EBITDA generation are made, including the material assumptions underlying such estimates, please see the section entitled “Information about Montana — Growth Strategy and Outlook” beginning on page 133 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Recent Developments

 

Business Combination

 

Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp. (“XPDB”) previously entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated June 5, 2023, as amended on February 5, 2024, with XPDB Merger Sub, LLC, a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of XPDB (“Merger Sub”), and pursuant to which, on March 14, 2024, Merger Sub was merged with and into Legacy Montana, with Legacy Montana surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of XPDB (the “Merger” and, together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Business Combination”). In connection with the closing of the Business Combination (the “Closing”), the Company changed its name from “Power & Digital Infrastructure Acquisition II Corp.” to “Montana Technologies Corporation.”

 

As a result of the Business Combination, and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding Legacy Montana preferred units into Legacy Montana class B common units, which occurred immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, (i) each issued and outstanding Legacy Montana class B common unit and Legacy Montana class C common unit converted into the right to receive approximately 23.8 shares of newly issued shares of Class A common stock of the Company, (ii) each issued and outstanding Legacy Montana class A common unit converted into the right to receive approximately 23.8 shares of newly issued shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (“Class B common stock” and, together with Class A common stock, “Company Common Stock”) and (iii) each option to purchase Legacy Montana common units (each, a “Legacy Montana option”) converted into the right to receive an option to purchase Class A common stock (a “Company Option”) having substantially similar terms to the corresponding Legacy Montana option, including with respect to vesting and termination-related provisions, except that such Company Option represented the right to receive a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to the number of Legacy Montana common units subject to the corresponding Legacy Montana option immediately prior to the effective time of the merger multiplied by approximately 23.8.

 

 


 

In connection with the Business Combination, XPDB entered into a subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”) with a certain investor (the “PIPE Investor”), pursuant to which, among other things, the PIPE Investor agreed to subscribe for and purchase from XPDB, and XPDB agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investor, an aggregate of 588,235 newly issued shares of Class A common stock (the “Committed Shares”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth therein. On March 14, 2024, in connection with the Business Combination, the Company consummated the issuance and sale of the Committed Shares to the PIPE Investor.

 

After giving effect to the Business Combination, the redemption of Class A common stock in connection with the Special Meeting and the consummation of the issuance and sale of the Committed Shares, there were 53,823,412 shares of Company Common Stock issued and outstanding, consisting of 49,063,770 shares of Class A common stock and 4,759,642 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding. Of those shares, 45,821,456 were issued to holders of Legacy Montana equity securities in respect of such Legacy Montana equity securities, representing approximately 85.5% of the Company’s voting power at the Closing.

 

The Company’s Class A common stock and public warrants to purchase Class A common stock commenced trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbols “AIRJ” and “AIRJW,” respectively, on March 15, 2024.

 

Subscription agreements

 

Prior to the Closing, Legacy Montana entered into common unit subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors party thereto (the “Investors”), resulting in Aggregate Transaction Proceeds in the Business Combination of over $50,000,000. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, and subject to the conditions set forth therein, the Investors agreed to purchase from Montana and Legacy Montana agreed to issue and sell to the Investors, an aggregate number of Legacy Montana Class B Common Units as converted into an aggregate of 5,807,647 shares of Class A common stock (such shares, the “Conversion Shares”) upon the Closing as aprt of the consideration relating thereto.

 

Joint Venture Formation Framework Agreement

 

On January 25, 2024, Legacy Montana entered into a joint venture formation framework agreement (the “Framework Agreement”) with GE Ventures LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GE Vernova”), and, solely for the purposes specified therein, GE Vernova LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“GE Vernova Parent”), pursuant to which Legacy Montana and GE Vernova agreed, subject to the terms and conditions of the Framework Agreement, including certain closing conditions specified therein, to form a joint venture (the “AirJoule JV”) in which each of Legacy Montana and GE Vernova will hold a 50% interest. The purpose of the AirJoule JV is to incorporate GE Vernova’s proprietary sorbent materials into systems that utilize Legacy Montana’s AirJoule® water capture technology and to manufacture and bring products incorporating the combined technologies to market in the Americas, Africa, and Australia.

 

Upon the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Framework Agreement on March 4, 2024 (the “JV Closing”), each party to the Framework Agreement entered into (i) an amended and restated limited liability company agreement of the AirJoule JV (the “A&R Joint Venture Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the AirJoule JV has the exclusive right to manufacture and supply products incorporating the combined technologies to leading original equipment manufacturers and customers in the Americas, Africa and Australia, (ii) master services agreements, pursuant to which, among other things, each party to the agreement agreed to provide certain agreed services to the AirJoule JV for a period of at least two years following the Closing (unless earlier terminated by the parties thereto) and (iii) an intellectual property agreement, pursuant to which, among other things, each of the Company and GE Vernova Parent agreed to license certain intellectual property to the AirJoule JV. In addition, pursuant to the A&R Joint Venture Agreement, Legacy Montana contributed $10 million to the AirJoule JV at the JV Closing (the “Closing Contribution”) and is expected to contribute additional capital to the AirJoule JV following the JV Closing based on a business plan and annual operating budgets to be agreed between Legacy Montana and GE Vernova.

 

2


 

Key Financial Definitions/Components of Results

 

Revenue

 

Legacy Montana anticipates that it will earn revenue from the sale of various key components such as MOF-coated contactors that will be used in the assembly of AirJoule systems.

 

Operating Expenses

 

We classify our operating expenses into the following categories:

 

Research and development expense. Research and development expense includes internal personnel, parts, prototypes and third-party consulting costs related to preliminary research and development of Legacy Montana’s products.

 

General and administrative expense. General and administrative expense consists primarily of personnel-related expenses for our executives, consultants and advisors. These expenses also include non-personnel costs, such as rent, office supplies, legal, audit and accounting services and other professional fees.

 

Sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of business development professional fees, advertising and marketing costs.

 

Depreciation expense: Depreciation expense consists of depreciation of Legacy Montana’s vehicles.

 

Critical Accounting Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires Legacy Montana’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported periods. Legacy Montana does not currently have any critical accounting estimates that could have a material impact on their financial statements. Legacy Montana has other key accounting policies, which involve the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that are significant to understanding its results, which are described in Note 3 to Legacy Montana’s financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 appearing elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 8-k.

 

Research and Development Cost

 

Legacy Montana accounts for research and development cost (“R&D”) in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 730, “Research and Development.” R&D represents costs incurred in performing planned research aimed at the discovery of new knowledge and the advancement of techniques to bring significant improvements to products and processes. Costs incurred in developing a product include consulting, engineering and construction and costs incurred to build prototypes.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset, or the amount paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. There is a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). Legacy Montana classifies fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

  Level 1 —

Inputs based on unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that Legacy Montana has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

  Level 2 —

Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

  Level 3 — Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. The inputs are both unobservable for the asset and liability in the market and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

 

3


 

In some circumstances, the inputs used to measure fair value might be categorized within different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In those instances, the fair value measurement is categorized in its entirety in the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Legacy Montana establishes the fair value of its assets and liabilities using the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to measure fair value. The recorded amounts of certain financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, debt at fixed interest rates and other liabilities approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

Legacy Montana accounts for share-based compensation arrangements granted to employees in accordance with ASC Topic 718, “Compensation: Stock Compensation,” by measuring the grant date fair value of the award and recognizing the resulting expense over the period during which the employee is required to perform service in exchange for the award. Equity-based compensation expense is only recognized for awards subject to performance conditions if it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Legacy Montana accounts for forfeitures when they occur.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

A discussion of recently issued accounting standards applicable to Legacy Montana is described in Note 3, Significant Accounting Policies, in the Notes to Financial Statements contained elsewhere in this Current Report on Form 8-K.

 

Results of Operations

 

The following tables set forth the results of our operations for the periods presented, as well as the changes between periods. The period-to-period comparison of financial results is not necessarily indicative of future results.

 

Year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the year ended December 31, 2022

 

The following table sets forth Legacy Montana’s audited statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

 

    Years ended
December 31,
    Dollar  
    2023     2022     Change  
Expenses                  
Research and development   $ 3,305,612     $ 1,741,380     $ 1,564,232  
General and administrative     7,540,702       960,122       6,580,580  
Sales and marketing     540,002       87,086       452,916  
Depreciation expense     4,341       4341       0  
Total costs and expenses     11,390,657       2,792,929       8,597,728  
Other income/(expense), net:                        
Interest income     11,541       -       11,541  
Total other income, net     11,541       -       11,541  
Loss before income taxes     (11,379,116 )     (2,792,929 )     (8,597,728 )
Income tax expense     -       -       -  
Net loss   $ (11,379,116 )   $ (2,792,929 )   $ (8,597,728 )

 

Research and Development

 

Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $3,305,612 as compared to $1,741,380 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The $1,564,232 increase in research and development for the, 2023 compared to 2022 reflects increases in personnel and prototype related costs as Legacy Montana continues to develop its products and technology. Legacy Montana expects that its research and development expense will increase in future periods commensurate with the expected growth of its business.

 

General and Administrative

 

General and administrative for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $7,540,702 as compared to $960,122 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The $6,580,580 increase in general and administrative for 2023 compared to 2022 reflects increases in professional services such as legal, audit and accounting, partly in connection with the Business Combination as well as an increase in stock-based compensation relating to stock option issuances. Legacy Montana expects that its general and administrative expense will increase in future periods commensurate with the expected growth of its business and increased expenditures associated with its status as an exchange listed public company.

 

4


 

Sales and Marketing

 

Sales and marketing for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $540,002 as compared to 87,086 for the year ended December 31, 2022. The $452,916 increase in sales and marketing for , 2023 compared to the, 2022 reflects increases in marketing and business development costs. Legacy Montana expects that its sales and marketing expense will increase in future periods commensurate with the expected growth of its business.

 

Depreciation Expense

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 was $4,341.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

The Company’s primary sources of liquidity have been cash from contributions from founders or other investors. The Company had an accumulated deficit of $17.2 million and $5.8 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. As of December 31, 2023, The Company had $0.4 million in cash and working capital deficit of $5.93 million. As of December 31, 2022, The Company had $5.2 million in cash and working capital of $5.1 million.

 

The Company assesses its liquidity in terms of its ability to generate adequate amounts of cash to meet current and future needs. Its expected primary uses of cash on a short and long-term basis are for working capital requirements, capital expenditures and other general corporate services. The Company’s primary working capital requirements are for project execution activities including purchases of materials, services and payroll which fluctuate during the year, driven primarily by the timing and extent of activities required on new and existing projects. The Company’s management expects that future operating losses and negative operating cash flows may increase from historical levels because of additional costs and expenses related to the development of its technology and the development of market and strategic relationships with other businesses and customers.

 

In conjunction with the consummation of the Business Combination and Subscription Agreements (as described above), we received proceeds of approximately $40 million in March 2024, after giving effect to XPDB’s stockholder redemptions and payment of transaction expenses, which will be utilized to fund our product development, operations and growth plans. We believe that as a result of the Business Combination our existing cash and cash equivalents, as well as proceeds received from the Business Combination and cash received from Subscription Agreements, will be sufficient to reach commercialization of our AirJoule product and fund operations for the next year from the date the financial statements were issued for the year ended December 31, 2023.

 

Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including, the timing and extent of spending by us to support the launch of our product and research and development efforts, the degree to which we are successful in launching new business initiatives and the cost associated with these initiatives, and the growth of our business generally. In order to finance these opportunities and associated costs, it is possible that we will need to raise additional financing if the proceeds realized by us from the Business Combination and cash received from Subscription Agreements are insufficient to support our business needs. While we believe that the proceeds realized by us through the Business Combination and cash received from Subscription Agreements will be sufficient to meet our currently contemplated business needs, we cannot assure you that this will be the case. If additional financing is required by us from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital on acceptable terms when needed, our product development business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

In October 2021, Legacy Montana entered into a patent license agreement with a third party whereby the third party granted Legacy Montana rights to use certain of its patents in exchange for an upfront payment and royalties based on a percentage of net sales until such patents expire. In connection with this, Legacy Montana agreed to a minimum royalty amount of $50,000 for the year ended December 31, 2022. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 Legacy Montana expensed $150,000 and $50,000, respectively, relating to this commitment. At December 31, 2023 and 2022, $50,000 was accrued by Legacy Montana in the accompanying condensed balance sheet.

 

Future minimum royalties as of December 31, 2023 are as follows:

 

2024     250,000  
2025 and each year through the date the patents expire     300,000  

 

5


 

Joint Venture Agreement

 

On October 27, 2021, we entered into a joint venture agreement with CATL US, an affiliate of CATL, pursuant to which we and CATL US formed CAMT, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Hong Kong. Legacy Montana and CATL US each own 50% of CAMT’s issued and outstanding shares.

 

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Joint Venture Agreement for CAMT, entered into on September 29, 2023 (the “A&R Joint Venture Agreement”), Legacy Montana and CATL US have each agreed to contribute $6 million to CAMT. Of this $6 million, we expect to make an initial contribution of $2 million prior to December 31, 2024, with the remaining $4 million contributed when requested by CAMT based on a business plan and operating budgets to be agreed between us and CATL US. Any additional financing beyond the initial $12 million (i.e., $6 million from each of Legacy Montana and CATL US) will be subject to the prior mutual agreement of Legacy Montana and CATL US. CAMT is managed by a four-member board of directors, with two directors (including the chairman) designated by CATL US and two directors (including the vice chairman) designated by Legacy Montana. In the event of an equal vote, the chairman may cast the deciding vote. Certain reserved matters, including debt issuances exceeding $5 million in a single transaction or in aggregate within a fiscal year, amendments to CAMT’s constitutional documents the annual financial budget of CAMT, and any transaction between CAMT and CATL US or Legacy Montana in an amount exceeding $10 million in a single transaction or in aggregate within a fiscal year, require the unanimous vote of both CATL US and Legacy Montana or all directors.

 

The purpose of Legacy Montana’s joint venture with CATL US is to commercialize our AirJoule technology in Asia and Europe and, pursuant to the A&R Joint Venture Agreement, CAMT has the exclusive right to commercialize AirJoule technology in those territories. Subject to the oversight of CAMT’s board, CATL US is responsible for managing the day-to-day operations of CAMT (including the nomination and replacement of the Chief Executive Officer of CAMT), and is responsible for providing CAMT and any subsidiaries formed by CAMT with, among other things, administrative services, supply chain support, assistance in obtaining required permits and approvals and assistance in purchasing or leasing land and equipment.

 

Cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022

 

The following table summarizes Legacy Montana’s cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022:

 

    For the years ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)   2023     2022  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (5,100,989 )   $ (2,849,331 )
Net cash provided by financing activities   $ 265,299     $ 4,972,737  

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $5,100,989 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $2,849,331 during the year ended December 31, 2022. The period-to-period change was a result of Legacy Montana’s net loss for the period offset by an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and other liabilities.

 

Cash flows from financing activities

 

For the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash provided by financing activities was $265,299 compared to net cash flow from financing activities of $4,972,737 during the year the year ended December 31, 2022. The period-to-period change was a result of higher proceeds from the issuance of preferred units and contributions from members in 2022, which was offset by issuance costs.

 

Off balance sheet arrangements

 

As of the date of this Current Report on Form 8-K, Legacy Montana does not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on its financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources that are material to investors. The term “off-balance sheet arrangement” generally means any transaction, agreement or other contractual arrangement to which an entity unconsolidated with Legacy Montana is a party, under which it has any obligation arising under a guarantee contract, derivative in20strument or variable interest or a retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to such entity or similar arrangement that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support for such assets.

 

Currently Legacy Montana does not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

 

6


 

Emerging Growth Company Status

 

We are an emerging growth company as defined in the JOBS Act. The JOBS Act permits companies with emerging growth company status to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period to enable it to comply with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting standards as of public company effective dates.

 

In addition, we intend to rely on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an emerging growth company, we intend to rely on such exemptions, we are not required to, among other things: (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

 

We will remain an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act until the earliest of (i) the last day of our first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the closing of XPDB’s initial public offering, (ii) the last date of our fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC with at least $700.0 million of outstanding securities held by non-affiliates or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

Not applicable.

 

 

 

7